1 /*
2  * CDDL HEADER START
3  *
4  * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
5  * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
6  * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
7  *
8  * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
9  * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
10  * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
11  * and limitations under the License.
12  *
13  * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
14  * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
15  * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
16  * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
17  * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
18  *
19  * CDDL HEADER END
20  */
21 
22 /*
23  * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
24  * Copyright (c) 2011, 2014 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
25  * Copyright (c) 2015, Nexenta Systems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
26  * Copyright (c) 2013 Martin Matuska <mm@FreeBSD.org>. All rights reserved.
27  * Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved.
28  * Copyright 2013 Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved.
29  * Copyright (c) 2014 Integros [integros.com]
30  * Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
31  */
32 
33 /*
34  * SPA: Storage Pool Allocator
35  *
36  * This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state.
37  * This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a
38  * pool.
39  */
40 
41 #include <sys/zfs_context.h>
42 #include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h>
43 #include <sys/spa_impl.h>
44 #include <sys/zio.h>
45 #include <sys/zio_checksum.h>
46 #include <sys/dmu.h>
47 #include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
48 #include <sys/zap.h>
49 #include <sys/zil.h>
50 #include <sys/ddt.h>
51 #include <sys/vdev_impl.h>
52 #include <sys/metaslab.h>
53 #include <sys/metaslab_impl.h>
54 #include <sys/uberblock_impl.h>
55 #include <sys/txg.h>
56 #include <sys/avl.h>
57 #include <sys/dmu_traverse.h>
58 #include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
59 #include <sys/unique.h>
60 #include <sys/dsl_pool.h>
61 #include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
62 #include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
63 #include <sys/dsl_prop.h>
64 #include <sys/dsl_synctask.h>
65 #include <sys/fs/zfs.h>
66 #include <sys/arc.h>
67 #include <sys/callb.h>
68 #include <sys/spa_boot.h>
69 #include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h>
70 #include <sys/dsl_scan.h>
71 #include <sys/dmu_send.h>
72 #include <sys/dsl_destroy.h>
73 #include <sys/dsl_userhold.h>
74 #include <sys/zfeature.h>
75 #include <sys/zvol.h>
76 #include <sys/trim_map.h>
77 
78 #ifdef    _KERNEL
79 #include <sys/callb.h>
80 #ifndef __NetBSD__
81 #include <sys/cpupart.h>
82 #endif
83 #include <sys/zone.h>
84 #endif    /* _KERNEL */
85 
86 #include "zfs_prop.h"
87 #include "zfs_comutil.h"
88 
89 /* Check hostid on import? */
90 static int check_hostid = 1;
91 
92 /*
93  * The interval, in seconds, at which failed configuration cache file writes
94  * should be retried.
95  */
96 static int zfs_ccw_retry_interval = 300;
97 
98 SYSCTL_DECL(_vfs_zfs);
99 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, check_hostid, CTLFLAG_RWTUN, &check_hostid, 0,
100     "Check hostid on import?");
101 TUNABLE_INT("vfs.zfs.ccw_retry_interval", &zfs_ccw_retry_interval);
102 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, ccw_retry_interval, CTLFLAG_RW,
103     &zfs_ccw_retry_interval, 0,
104     "Configuration cache file write, retry after failure, interval (seconds)");
105 
106 typedef enum zti_modes {
107           ZTI_MODE_FIXED,                         /* value is # of threads (min 1) */
108           ZTI_MODE_BATCH,                         /* cpu-intensive; value is ignored */
109           ZTI_MODE_NULL,                          /* don't create a taskq */
110           ZTI_NMODES
111 } zti_modes_t;
112 
113 #define   ZTI_P(n, q)         { ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) }
114 #define   ZTI_BATCH { ZTI_MODE_BATCH, 0, 1 }
115 #define   ZTI_NULL  { ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 }
116 
117 #define   ZTI_N(n)  ZTI_P(n, 1)
118 #define   ZTI_ONE             ZTI_N(1)
119 
120 typedef struct zio_taskq_info {
121           zti_modes_t zti_mode;
122           uint_t zti_value;
123           uint_t zti_count;
124 } zio_taskq_info_t;
125 
126 static const char *const zio_taskq_types[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
127           "issue", "issue_high", "intr", "intr_high"
128 };
129 
130 /*
131  * This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When
132  * initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized
133  * taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static
134  * number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE
135  * macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_BATCH
136  * macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations
137  * are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a a
138  * point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an
139  * additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per-
140  * taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the
141  * particular taskq is chosen at random.
142  *
143  * The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue
144  * and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that
145  * need to be handled with minimum delay.
146  */
147 const zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs[ZIO_TYPES][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
148           /* ISSUE  ISSUE_HIGH          INTR                INTR_HIGH */
149           { ZTI_ONE,          ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE,  ZTI_NULL }, /* NULL */
150           { ZTI_N(8),         ZTI_NULL, ZTI_P(12, 8),       ZTI_NULL }, /* READ */
151           { ZTI_BATCH,        ZTI_N(5), ZTI_N(8), ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */
152           { ZTI_P(12, 8),     ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE,  ZTI_NULL }, /* FREE */
153           { ZTI_ONE,          ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE,  ZTI_NULL }, /* CLAIM */
154           { ZTI_ONE,          ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE,  ZTI_NULL }, /* IOCTL */
155 };
156 
157 static sysevent_t *spa_event_create(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, const char *name);
158 static void spa_event_post(sysevent_t *ev);
159 static void spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
160 static void spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
161 static boolean_t spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa);
162 static int spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, uint64_t, nvlist_t *config,
163     spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type, boolean_t mosconfig,
164     char **ereport);
165 static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa);
166 
167 uint_t              zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75;     /* 1 thread per cpu in pset */
168 #ifdef PSRSET_BIND
169 id_t                zio_taskq_psrset_bind = PS_NONE;
170 #endif
171 #ifdef SYSDC
172 boolean_t zio_taskq_sysdc = B_TRUE;     /* use SDC scheduling class */
173 uint_t              zio_taskq_basedc = 80;                  /* base duty cycle */
174 #endif
175 
176 boolean_t spa_create_process = B_TRUE;  /* no process ==> no sysdc */
177 extern int          zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free;
178 
179 /*
180  * This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order
181  * to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices.
182  */
183 #define   TRYIMPORT_NAME      "$import"
184 
185 /*
186  * ==========================================================================
187  * SPA properties routines
188  * ==========================================================================
189  */
190 
191 /*
192  * Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist.
193  */
194 static void
spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t * nvl,zpool_prop_t prop,char * strval,uint64_t intval,zprop_source_t src)195 spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t *nvl, zpool_prop_t prop, char *strval,
196     uint64_t intval, zprop_source_t src)
197 {
198           const char *propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
199           nvlist_t *propval;
200 
201           VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&propval, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
202           VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_SOURCE, src) == 0);
203 
204           if (strval != NULL)
205                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, strval) == 0);
206           else
207                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, intval) == 0);
208 
209           VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvl, propname, propval) == 0);
210           nvlist_free(propval);
211 }
212 
213 /*
214  * Get property values from the spa configuration.
215  */
216 static void
spa_prop_get_config(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t ** nvp)217 spa_prop_get_config(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
218 {
219           vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
220           dsl_pool_t *pool = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
221           uint64_t size, alloc, cap, version;
222           zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_NONE;
223           spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
224           metaslab_class_t *mc = spa_normal_class(spa);
225 
226           ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_props_lock));
227 
228           if (rvd != NULL) {
229                     alloc = metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_normal_class(spa));
230                     size = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
231                     spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME, spa_name(spa), 0, src);
232                     spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE, NULL, size, src);
233                     spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED, NULL, alloc, src);
234                     spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE, NULL,
235                         size - alloc, src);
236 
237                     spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FRAGMENTATION, NULL,
238                         metaslab_class_fragmentation(mc), src);
239                     spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ, NULL,
240                         metaslab_class_expandable_space(mc), src);
241                     spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY, NULL,
242                         (spa_mode(spa) == FREAD), src);
243 
244                     cap = (size == 0) ? 0 : (alloc * 100 / size);
245                     spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY, NULL, cap, src);
246 
247                     spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO, NULL,
248                         ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa), src);
249 
250                     spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH, NULL,
251                         rvd->vdev_state, src);
252 
253                     version = spa_version(spa);
254                     if (version == zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION))
255                               src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT;
256                     else
257                               src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL;
258                     spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION, NULL, version, src);
259           }
260 
261           if (pool != NULL) {
262                     /*
263                      * The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS,
264                      * when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL.
265                      */
266                     if (pool->dp_free_dir != NULL) {
267                               spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING, NULL,
268                                   dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_free_dir)->dd_used_bytes,
269                                   src);
270                     } else {
271                               spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING,
272                                   NULL, 0, src);
273                     }
274 
275                     if (pool->dp_leak_dir != NULL) {
276                               spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED, NULL,
277                                   dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_leak_dir)->dd_used_bytes,
278                                   src);
279                     } else {
280                               spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED,
281                                   NULL, 0, src);
282                     }
283           }
284 
285           spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID, NULL, spa_guid(spa), src);
286 
287           if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
288                     spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT, spa->spa_comment,
289                         0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
290           }
291 
292           if (spa->spa_root != NULL)
293                     spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT, spa->spa_root,
294                         0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
295 
296           if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_BLOCKS)) {
297                     spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL,
298                         MIN(zfs_max_recordsize, SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE), ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
299           } else {
300                     spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL,
301                         SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
302           }
303 
304           if ((dp = list_head(&spa->spa_config_list)) != NULL) {
305                     if (dp->scd_path == NULL) {
306                               spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
307                                   "none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
308                     } else if (strcmp(dp->scd_path, spa_config_path) != 0) {
309                               spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
310                                   dp->scd_path, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
311                     }
312           }
313 }
314 
315 /*
316  * Get zpool property values.
317  */
318 int
spa_prop_get(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t ** nvp)319 spa_prop_get(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
320 {
321           objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
322           zap_cursor_t zc;
323           zap_attribute_t za;
324           int err;
325 
326           VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(nvp, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
327 
328           mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
329 
330           /*
331            * Get properties from the spa config.
332            */
333           spa_prop_get_config(spa, nvp);
334 
335           /* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */
336           if (mos == NULL || spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) {
337                     mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
338                     return (0);
339           }
340 
341           /*
342            * Get properties from the MOS pool property object.
343            */
344           for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object);
345               (err = zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za)) == 0;
346               zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
347                     uint64_t intval = 0;
348                     char *strval = NULL;
349                     zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT;
350                     zpool_prop_t prop;
351 
352                     if ((prop = zpool_name_to_prop(za.za_name)) == ZPROP_INVAL)
353                               continue;
354 
355                     switch (za.za_integer_length) {
356                     case 8:
357                               /* integer property */
358                               if (za.za_first_integer !=
359                                   zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop))
360                                         src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL;
361 
362                               if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS) {
363                                         dsl_pool_t *dp;
364                                         dsl_dataset_t *ds = NULL;
365 
366                                         dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
367                                         dsl_pool_config_enter(dp, FTAG);
368                                         if (err = dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp,
369                                             za.za_first_integer, FTAG, &ds)) {
370                                                   dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG);
371                                                   break;
372                                         }
373 
374                                         strval = kmem_alloc(ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN,
375                                             KM_SLEEP);
376                                         dsl_dataset_name(ds, strval);
377                                         dsl_dataset_rele(ds, FTAG);
378                                         dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG);
379                               } else {
380                                         strval = NULL;
381                                         intval = za.za_first_integer;
382                               }
383 
384                               spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, intval, src);
385 
386                               if (strval != NULL)
387                                         kmem_free(strval, ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN);
388 
389                               break;
390 
391                     case 1:
392                               /* string property */
393                               strval = kmem_alloc(za.za_num_integers, KM_SLEEP);
394                               err = zap_lookup(mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
395                                   za.za_name, 1, za.za_num_integers, strval);
396                               if (err) {
397                                         kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
398                                         break;
399                               }
400                               spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, 0, src);
401                               kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
402                               break;
403 
404                     default:
405                               break;
406                     }
407           }
408           zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
409           mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
410 out:
411           if (err && err != ENOENT) {
412                     nvlist_free(*nvp);
413                     *nvp = NULL;
414                     return (err);
415           }
416 
417           return (0);
418 }
419 
420 /*
421  * Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list
422  * for the property values to be set.
423  */
424 static int
spa_prop_validate(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * props)425 spa_prop_validate(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *props)
426 {
427           nvpair_t *elem;
428           int error = 0, reset_bootfs = 0;
429           uint64_t objnum = 0;
430           boolean_t has_feature = B_FALSE;
431 
432           elem = NULL;
433           while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) != NULL) {
434                     uint64_t intval;
435                     char *strval, *slash, *check, *fname;
436                     const char *propname = nvpair_name(elem);
437                     zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(propname);
438 
439                     switch (prop) {
440                     case ZPROP_INVAL:
441                               if (!zpool_prop_feature(propname)) {
442                                         error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
443                                         break;
444                               }
445 
446                               /*
447                                * Sanitize the input.
448                                */
449                               if (nvpair_type(elem) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
450                                         error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
451                                         break;
452                               }
453 
454                               if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval) != 0) {
455                                         error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
456                                         break;
457                               }
458 
459                               if (intval != 0) {
460                                         error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
461                                         break;
462                               }
463 
464                               fname = strchr(propname, '@') + 1;
465                               if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname, NULL) != 0) {
466                                         error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
467                                         break;
468                               }
469 
470                               has_feature = B_TRUE;
471                               break;
472 
473                     case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
474                               error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
475                               if (!error &&
476                                   (intval < spa_version(spa) ||
477                                   intval > SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES ||
478                                   has_feature))
479                                         error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
480                               break;
481 
482                     case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
483                     case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE:
484                     case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS:
485                     case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
486                               error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
487                               if (!error && intval > 1)
488                                         error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
489                               break;
490 
491                     case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
492                               /*
493                                * If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS,
494                                * or the pool is still being created (version == 0),
495                                * the bootfs property cannot be set.
496                                */
497                               if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS) {
498                                         error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
499                                         break;
500                               }
501 
502                               /*
503                                * Make sure the vdev config is bootable
504                                */
505                               if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa->spa_root_vdev)) {
506                                         error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
507                                         break;
508                               }
509 
510                               reset_bootfs = 1;
511 
512                               error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval);
513 
514                               if (!error) {
515                                         objset_t *os;
516                                         uint64_t propval;
517 
518                                         if (strval == NULL || strval[0] == '\0') {
519                                                   objnum = zpool_prop_default_numeric(
520                                                       ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
521                                                   break;
522                                         }
523 
524                                         if (error = dmu_objset_hold(strval, FTAG, &os))
525                                                   break;
526 
527                                         /*
528                                          * Must be ZPL, and its property settings
529                                          * must be supported by GRUB (compression
530                                          * is not gzip, and large blocks are not used).
531                                          */
532 
533                                         if (dmu_objset_type(os) != DMU_OST_ZFS) {
534                                                   error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
535                                         } else if ((error =
536                                             dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os),
537                                             zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_COMPRESSION),
538                                             &propval)) == 0 &&
539                                             !BOOTFS_COMPRESS_VALID(propval)) {
540                                                   error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
541                                         } else {
542                                                   objnum = dmu_objset_id(os);
543                                         }
544                                         dmu_objset_rele(os, FTAG);
545                               }
546                               break;
547 
548                     case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
549                               error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
550                               if (!error && (intval < ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_WAIT ||
551                                   intval > ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC))
552                                         error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
553 
554                               /*
555                                * This is a special case which only occurs when
556                                * the pool has completely failed. This allows
557                                * the user to change the in-core failmode property
558                                * without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might
559                                * currently be blocked). We do this by returning
560                                * EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it
561                                * into thinking we encountered a property validation
562                                * error.
563                                */
564                               if (!error && spa_suspended(spa)) {
565                                         spa->spa_failmode = intval;
566                                         error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
567                               }
568                               break;
569 
570                     case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
571                               if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
572                                         break;
573 
574                               if (strval[0] == '\0')
575                                         break;
576 
577                               if (strcmp(strval, "none") == 0)
578                                         break;
579 
580                               if (strval[0] != '/') {
581                                         error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
582                                         break;
583                               }
584 
585                               slash = strrchr(strval, '/');
586                               ASSERT(slash != NULL);
587 
588                               if (slash[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash, "/.") == 0 ||
589                                   strcmp(slash, "/..") == 0)
590                                         error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
591                               break;
592 
593                     case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
594                               if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
595                                         break;
596                               for (check = strval; *check != '\0'; check++) {
597                                         /*
598                                          * The kernel doesn't have an easy isprint()
599                                          * check.  For this kernel check, we merely
600                                          * check ASCII apart from DEL.  Fix this if
601                                          * there is an easy-to-use kernel isprint().
602                                          */
603                                         if (*check >= 0x7f) {
604                                                   error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
605                                                   break;
606                                         }
607                               }
608                               if (strlen(strval) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT)
609                                         error = E2BIG;
610                               break;
611 
612                     case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO:
613                               if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_DEDUP)
614                                         error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
615                               else
616                                         error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
617                               if (error == 0 &&
618                                   intval != 0 && intval < ZIO_DEDUPDITTO_MIN)
619                                         error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
620                               break;
621                     }
622 
623                     if (error)
624                               break;
625           }
626 
627           if (!error && reset_bootfs) {
628                     error = nvlist_remove(props,
629                         zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), DATA_TYPE_STRING);
630 
631                     if (!error) {
632                               error = nvlist_add_uint64(props,
633                                   zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), objnum);
634                     }
635           }
636 
637           return (error);
638 }
639 
640 void
spa_configfile_set(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvp,boolean_t need_sync)641 spa_configfile_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp, boolean_t need_sync)
642 {
643           char *cachefile;
644           spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
645 
646           if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE),
647               &cachefile) != 0)
648                     return;
649 
650           dp = kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t),
651               KM_SLEEP);
652 
653           if (cachefile[0] == '\0')
654                     dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(spa_config_path);
655           else if (strcmp(cachefile, "none") == 0)
656                     dp->scd_path = NULL;
657           else
658                     dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(cachefile);
659 
660           list_insert_head(&spa->spa_config_list, dp);
661           if (need_sync)
662                     spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
663 }
664 
665 int
spa_prop_set(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvp)666 spa_prop_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp)
667 {
668           int error;
669           nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
670           boolean_t need_sync = B_FALSE;
671 
672           if ((error = spa_prop_validate(spa, nvp)) != 0)
673                     return (error);
674 
675           while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem)) != NULL) {
676                     zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem));
677 
678                     if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE ||
679                         prop == ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT ||
680                         prop == ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY)
681                               continue;
682 
683                     if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION || prop == ZPROP_INVAL) {
684                               uint64_t ver;
685 
686                               if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION) {
687                                         VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &ver) == 0);
688                               } else {
689                                         ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
690                                         ver = SPA_VERSION_FEATURES;
691                                         need_sync = B_TRUE;
692                               }
693 
694                               /* Save time if the version is already set. */
695                               if (ver == spa_version(spa))
696                                         continue;
697 
698                               /*
699                                * In addition to the pool directory object, we might
700                                * create the pool properties object, the features for
701                                * read object, the features for write object, or the
702                                * feature descriptions object.
703                                */
704                               error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL,
705                                   spa_sync_version, &ver,
706                                   6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED);
707                               if (error)
708                                         return (error);
709                               continue;
710                     }
711 
712                     need_sync = B_TRUE;
713                     break;
714           }
715 
716           if (need_sync) {
717                     return (dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL, spa_sync_props,
718                         nvp, 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED));
719           }
720 
721           return (0);
722 }
723 
724 /*
725  * If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it.
726  */
727 void
spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t * spa,uint64_t dsobj,dmu_tx_t * tx)728 spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t *spa, uint64_t dsobj, dmu_tx_t *tx)
729 {
730           if (spa->spa_bootfs == dsobj && spa->spa_pool_props_object != 0) {
731                     VERIFY(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset,
732                         spa->spa_pool_props_object,
733                         zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), tx) == 0);
734                     spa->spa_bootfs = 0;
735           }
736 }
737 
738 /*ARGSUSED*/
739 static int
spa_change_guid_check(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)740 spa_change_guid_check(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
741 {
742           uint64_t *newguid = arg;
743           spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
744           vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
745           uint64_t vdev_state;
746 
747           spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
748           vdev_state = rvd->vdev_state;
749           spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
750 
751           if (vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY)
752                     return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
753 
754           ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa), !=, *newguid);
755 
756           return (0);
757 }
758 
759 static void
spa_change_guid_sync(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)760 spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
761 {
762           uint64_t *newguid = arg;
763           spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
764           uint64_t oldguid;
765           vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
766 
767           oldguid = spa_guid(spa);
768 
769           spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
770           rvd->vdev_guid = *newguid;
771           rvd->vdev_guid_sum += (*newguid - oldguid);
772           vdev_config_dirty(rvd);
773           spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
774 
775           spa_history_log_internal(spa, "guid change", tx, "old=%llu new=%llu",
776               oldguid, *newguid);
777 }
778 
779 /*
780  * Change the GUID for the pool.  This is done so that we can later
781  * re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs.  We will modify
782  * the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our
783  * vdevs dirty.  Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are
784  * online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present
785  * would be orphaned from our pool.  We are also going to issue a
786  * sysevent to update any watchers.
787  */
788 int
spa_change_guid(spa_t * spa)789 spa_change_guid(spa_t *spa)
790 {
791           int error;
792           uint64_t guid;
793 
794           mutex_enter(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock);
795           mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
796           guid = spa_generate_guid(NULL);
797 
798           error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, spa_change_guid_check,
799               spa_change_guid_sync, &guid, 5, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED);
800 
801           if (error == 0) {
802                     spa_config_sync(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
803                     spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID);
804           }
805 
806           mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
807           mutex_exit(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock);
808 
809           return (error);
810 }
811 
812 /*
813  * ==========================================================================
814  * SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export)
815  * ==========================================================================
816  */
817 
818 static int
spa_error_entry_compare(const void * a,const void * b)819 spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
820 {
821           spa_error_entry_t *sa = (spa_error_entry_t *)a;
822           spa_error_entry_t *sb = (spa_error_entry_t *)b;
823           int ret;
824 
825           ret = bcmp(&sa->se_bookmark, &sb->se_bookmark,
826               sizeof (zbookmark_phys_t));
827 
828           if (ret < 0)
829                     return (-1);
830           else if (ret > 0)
831                     return (1);
832           else
833                     return (0);
834 }
835 
836 /*
837  * Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and
838  * re-initializes them in the process.
839  */
840 void
spa_get_errlists(spa_t * spa,avl_tree_t * last,avl_tree_t * scrub)841 spa_get_errlists(spa_t *spa, avl_tree_t *last, avl_tree_t *scrub)
842 {
843           ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_errlist_lock));
844 
845           bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_last, last, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
846           bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub, scrub, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
847 
848           avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
849               spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
850               offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
851           avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
852               spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
853               offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
854 }
855 
856 static void
spa_taskqs_init(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q)857 spa_taskqs_init(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
858 {
859           const zio_taskq_info_t *ztip = &zio_taskqs[t][q];
860           enum zti_modes mode = ztip->zti_mode;
861           uint_t value = ztip->zti_value;
862           uint_t count = ztip->zti_count;
863           spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
864           char name[32];
865           uint_t flags = 0;
866           boolean_t batch = B_FALSE;
867 
868           if (mode == ZTI_MODE_NULL) {
869                     tqs->stqs_count = 0;
870                     tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
871                     return;
872           }
873 
874           ASSERT3U(count, >, 0);
875 
876           tqs->stqs_count = count;
877           tqs->stqs_taskq = kmem_alloc(count * sizeof (taskq_t *), KM_SLEEP);
878 
879           switch (mode) {
880           case ZTI_MODE_FIXED:
881                     ASSERT3U(value, >=, 1);
882                     value = MAX(value, 1);
883                     break;
884 
885           case ZTI_MODE_BATCH:
886                     batch = B_TRUE;
887                     flags |= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT;
888                     value = zio_taskq_batch_pct;
889                     break;
890 
891           default:
892                     panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in "
893                         "spa_activate()",
894                         zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], mode, value);
895                     break;
896           }
897 
898           for (uint_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
899                     taskq_t *tq;
900 
901                     if (count > 1) {
902                               (void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s_%u",
903                                   zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], i);
904                     } else {
905                               (void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s",
906                                   zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q]);
907                     }
908 
909 #ifdef SYSDC
910                     if (zio_taskq_sysdc && spa->spa_proc != &p0) {
911                               if (batch)
912                                         flags |= TASKQ_DC_BATCH;
913 
914                               tq = taskq_create_sysdc(name, value, 50, INT_MAX,
915                                   spa->spa_proc, zio_taskq_basedc, flags);
916                     } else {
917 #endif
918                               pri_t pri = maxclsyspri;
919                               /*
920                                * The write issue taskq can be extremely CPU
921                                * intensive.  Run it at slightly lower priority
922                                * than the other taskqs.
923                                * FreeBSD notes:
924                                * - numerically higher priorities are lower priorities;
925                                * - if priorities divided by four (RQ_PPQ) are equal
926                                *   then a difference between them is insignificant.
927                                */
928                               if (t == ZIO_TYPE_WRITE && q == ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE)
929 #if defined(illumos) || defined(__NetBSD__)
930                                         pri--;
931 #else
932                                         pri += 4;
933 #endif
934 
935                               tq = taskq_create_proc(name, value, pri, 50,
936                                   INT_MAX, spa->spa_proc, flags);
937 #ifdef SYSDC
938                     }
939 #endif
940 
941                     tqs->stqs_taskq[i] = tq;
942           }
943 }
944 
945 static void
spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q)946 spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
947 {
948           spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
949 
950           if (tqs->stqs_taskq == NULL) {
951                     ASSERT0(tqs->stqs_count);
952                     return;
953           }
954 
955           for (uint_t i = 0; i < tqs->stqs_count; i++) {
956                     ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq[i], !=, NULL);
957                     taskq_destroy(tqs->stqs_taskq[i]);
958           }
959 
960           kmem_free(tqs->stqs_taskq, tqs->stqs_count * sizeof (taskq_t *));
961           tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
962 }
963 
964 /*
965  * Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority.
966  * Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention
967  * on the taskq itself. In that case we choose which taskq at random by using
968  * the low bits of gethrtime().
969  */
970 void
spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q,task_func_t * func,void * arg,uint_t flags,taskq_ent_t * ent)971 spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q,
972     task_func_t *func, void *arg, uint_t flags, taskq_ent_t *ent)
973 {
974           spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
975           taskq_t *tq;
976 
977           ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq, !=, NULL);
978           ASSERT3U(tqs->stqs_count, !=, 0);
979 
980           if (tqs->stqs_count == 1) {
981                     tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[0];
982           } else {
983 #if defined(__FreeBSD__) && defined(_KERNEL)
984                     tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[cpu_ticks() % tqs->stqs_count];
985 #else
986                     tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[gethrtime() % tqs->stqs_count];
987 #endif
988           }
989 
990           taskq_dispatch_ent(tq, func, arg, flags, ent);
991 }
992 
993 static void
spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t * spa)994 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t *spa)
995 {
996           for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
997                     for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
998                               spa_taskqs_init(spa, t, q);
999                     }
1000           }
1001 }
1002 
1003 #ifdef _KERNEL
1004 #ifdef SPA_PROCESS
1005 static void
spa_thread(void * arg)1006 spa_thread(void *arg)
1007 {
1008           callb_cpr_t cprinfo;
1009 
1010           spa_t *spa = arg;
1011           user_t *pu = PTOU(curproc);
1012 
1013           CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock, callb_generic_cpr,
1014               spa->spa_name);
1015 
1016           ASSERT(curproc != &p0);
1017           (void) snprintf(pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_psargs),
1018               "zpool-%s", spa->spa_name);
1019           (void) strlcpy(pu->u_comm, pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_comm));
1020 
1021 #ifdef PSRSET_BIND
1022           /* bind this thread to the requested psrset */
1023           if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind != PS_NONE) {
1024                     pool_lock();
1025                     mutex_enter(&cpu_lock);
1026                     mutex_enter(&pidlock);
1027                     mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
1028 
1029                     if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread, zio_taskq_psrset_bind,
1030                         0, NULL, NULL) == 0)  {
1031                               curthread->t_bind_pset = zio_taskq_psrset_bind;
1032                     } else {
1033                               cmn_err(CE_WARN,
1034                                   "Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to "
1035                                   "pset %d\n", spa->spa_name, zio_taskq_psrset_bind);
1036                     }
1037 
1038                     mutex_exit(&curproc->p_lock);
1039                     mutex_exit(&pidlock);
1040                     mutex_exit(&cpu_lock);
1041                     pool_unlock();
1042           }
1043 #endif
1044 
1045 #ifdef SYSDC
1046           if (zio_taskq_sysdc) {
1047                     sysdc_thread_enter(curthread, 100, 0);
1048           }
1049 #endif
1050 
1051           spa->spa_proc = curproc;
1052           spa->spa_did = curthread->t_did;
1053 
1054           spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
1055 
1056           mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1057           ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED);
1058 
1059           spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_ACTIVE;
1060           cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1061 
1062           CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo);
1063           while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE)
1064                     cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1065           CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1066 
1067           ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE);
1068           spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_GONE;
1069           spa->spa_proc = &p0;
1070           cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1071           CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo);     /* drops spa_proc_lock */
1072 
1073           mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
1074           lwp_exit();
1075 }
1076 #endif    /* SPA_PROCESS */
1077 #endif
1078 
1079 /*
1080  * Activate an uninitialized pool.
1081  */
1082 static void
spa_activate(spa_t * spa,int mode)1083 spa_activate(spa_t *spa, int mode)
1084 {
1085           ASSERT(spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
1086 
1087           spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
1088           spa->spa_mode = mode;
1089 
1090           spa->spa_normal_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1091           spa->spa_log_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1092 
1093           /* Try to create a covering process */
1094           mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1095           ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_NONE);
1096           ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1097           spa->spa_did = 0;
1098 
1099 #ifdef SPA_PROCESS
1100           /* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */
1101           if (spa_create_process && strcmp(spa->spa_name, TRYIMPORT_NAME) != 0) {
1102                     if (newproc(spa_thread, (caddr_t)spa, syscid, maxclsyspri,
1103                         NULL, 0) == 0) {
1104                               spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_CREATED;
1105                               while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED) {
1106                                         cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv,
1107                                             &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1108                               }
1109                               ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
1110                               ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
1111                               ASSERT(spa->spa_did != 0);
1112                     } else {
1113 #ifdef _KERNEL
1114                               cmn_err(CE_WARN,
1115                                   "Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n",
1116                                   spa->spa_name);
1117 #endif
1118                     }
1119           }
1120 #endif    /* SPA_PROCESS */
1121           mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1122 
1123           /* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */
1124           ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1125           if (spa->spa_proc == &p0) {
1126                     spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
1127           }
1128 
1129           /*
1130            * Start TRIM thread.
1131            */
1132           trim_thread_create(spa);
1133 
1134           list_create(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
1135               offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_config_dirty_node));
1136           list_create(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list, sizeof (objset_t),
1137               offsetof(objset_t, os_evicting_node));
1138           list_create(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
1139               offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_state_dirty_node));
1140 
1141           txg_list_create(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list,
1142               offsetof(struct vdev, vdev_txg_node));
1143 
1144           avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
1145               spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
1146               offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
1147           avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
1148               spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
1149               offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
1150 }
1151 
1152 /*
1153  * Opposite of spa_activate().
1154  */
1155 static void
spa_deactivate(spa_t * spa)1156 spa_deactivate(spa_t *spa)
1157 {
1158           ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on == B_FALSE);
1159           ASSERT(spa->spa_dsl_pool == NULL);
1160           ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
1161           ASSERT(spa->spa_async_zio_root == NULL);
1162           ASSERT(spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
1163 
1164           /*
1165            * Stop TRIM thread in case spa_unload() wasn't called directly
1166            * before spa_deactivate().
1167            */
1168           trim_thread_destroy(spa);
1169 
1170           spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
1171 
1172           txg_list_destroy(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list);
1173 
1174           list_destroy(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list);
1175           list_destroy(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list);
1176           list_destroy(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list);
1177 
1178           for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
1179                     for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
1180                               spa_taskqs_fini(spa, t, q);
1181                     }
1182           }
1183 
1184           metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_normal_class);
1185           spa->spa_normal_class = NULL;
1186 
1187           metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_log_class);
1188           spa->spa_log_class = NULL;
1189 
1190           /*
1191            * If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may
1192            * still have errors left in the queues.  Empty them just in case.
1193            */
1194           spa_errlog_drain(spa);
1195 
1196           avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub);
1197           avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_last);
1198 
1199           spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED;
1200 
1201           mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1202           if (spa->spa_proc_state != SPA_PROC_NONE) {
1203                     ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
1204                     spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE;
1205                     cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1206                     while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE) {
1207                               ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
1208                               cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1209                     }
1210                     ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_GONE);
1211                     spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_NONE;
1212           }
1213           ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1214           mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1215 
1216 #ifdef SPA_PROCESS
1217           /*
1218            * We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS
1219            * module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath
1220            * it.
1221            */
1222           if (spa->spa_did != 0) {
1223                     thread_join(spa->spa_did);
1224                     spa->spa_did = 0;
1225           }
1226 #endif    /* SPA_PROCESS */
1227 }
1228 
1229 /*
1230  * Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately.  This
1231  * will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev
1232  * in the CLOSED state.  This will prep the pool before open/creation/import.
1233  * All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine.
1234  */
1235 static int
spa_config_parse(spa_t * spa,vdev_t ** vdp,nvlist_t * nv,vdev_t * parent,uint_t id,int atype)1236 spa_config_parse(spa_t *spa, vdev_t **vdp, nvlist_t *nv, vdev_t *parent,
1237     uint_t id, int atype)
1238 {
1239           nvlist_t **child;
1240           uint_t children;
1241           int error;
1242 
1243           if ((error = vdev_alloc(spa, vdp, nv, parent, id, atype)) != 0)
1244                     return (error);
1245 
1246           if ((*vdp)->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
1247                     return (0);
1248 
1249           error = nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
1250               &child, &children);
1251 
1252           if (error == ENOENT)
1253                     return (0);
1254 
1255           if (error) {
1256                     vdev_free(*vdp);
1257                     *vdp = NULL;
1258                     return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
1259           }
1260 
1261           for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
1262                     vdev_t *vd;
1263                     if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, child[c], *vdp, c,
1264                         atype)) != 0) {
1265                               vdev_free(*vdp);
1266                               *vdp = NULL;
1267                               return (error);
1268                     }
1269           }
1270 
1271           ASSERT(*vdp != NULL);
1272 
1273           return (0);
1274 }
1275 
1276 /*
1277  * Opposite of spa_load().
1278  */
1279 static void
spa_unload(spa_t * spa)1280 spa_unload(spa_t *spa)
1281 {
1282           int i;
1283 
1284           ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
1285 
1286           /*
1287            * Stop TRIM thread.
1288            */
1289           trim_thread_destroy(spa);
1290 
1291           /*
1292            * Stop async tasks.
1293            */
1294           spa_async_suspend(spa);
1295 
1296           /*
1297            * Stop syncing.
1298            */
1299           if (spa->spa_sync_on) {
1300                     txg_sync_stop(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
1301                     spa->spa_sync_on = B_FALSE;
1302           }
1303 
1304           /*
1305            * Even though vdev_free() also calls vdev_metaslab_fini, we need
1306            * to call it earlier, before we wait for async i/o to complete.
1307            * This ensures that there is no async metaslab prefetching, by
1308            * calling taskq_wait(mg_taskq).
1309            */
1310           if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
1311                     spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
1312                     for (int c = 0; c < spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_children; c++)
1313                               vdev_metaslab_fini(spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]);
1314                     spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
1315           }
1316 
1317           /*
1318            * Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete.
1319            */
1320           if (spa->spa_async_zio_root != NULL) {
1321                     for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++)
1322                               (void) zio_wait(spa->spa_async_zio_root[i]);
1323                     kmem_free(spa->spa_async_zio_root, max_ncpus * sizeof (void *));
1324                     spa->spa_async_zio_root = NULL;
1325           }
1326 
1327           bpobj_close(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj);
1328 
1329           spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
1330 
1331           /*
1332            * Close all vdevs.
1333            */
1334           if (spa->spa_root_vdev)
1335                     vdev_free(spa->spa_root_vdev);
1336           ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
1337 
1338           /*
1339            * Close the dsl pool.
1340            */
1341           if (spa->spa_dsl_pool) {
1342                     dsl_pool_close(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
1343                     spa->spa_dsl_pool = NULL;
1344                     spa->spa_meta_objset = NULL;
1345           }
1346 
1347           ddt_unload(spa);
1348 
1349           /*
1350            * Drop and purge level 2 cache
1351            */
1352           spa_l2cache_drop(spa);
1353 
1354           for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1355                     vdev_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
1356           if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs) {
1357                     kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
1358                         spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1359                     spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1360           }
1361           if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
1362                     nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
1363                     spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
1364           }
1365           spa->spa_spares.sav_count = 0;
1366 
1367           for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
1368                     vdev_clear_stats(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
1369                     vdev_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
1370           }
1371           if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs) {
1372                     kmem_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs,
1373                         spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1374                     spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1375           }
1376           if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
1377                     nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
1378                     spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
1379           }
1380           spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count = 0;
1381 
1382           spa->spa_async_suspended = 0;
1383 
1384           if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
1385                     spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
1386                     spa->spa_comment = NULL;
1387           }
1388 
1389           spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
1390 }
1391 
1392 /*
1393  * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for
1394  * this pool.  When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1395  * 'spa_spares.sav_config'.  We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1396  * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1397  */
1398 static void
spa_load_spares(spa_t * spa)1399 spa_load_spares(spa_t *spa)
1400 {
1401           nvlist_t **spares;
1402           uint_t nspares;
1403           int i;
1404           vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
1405 
1406           ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
1407 
1408           /*
1409            * First, close and free any existing spare vdevs.
1410            */
1411           for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
1412                     vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
1413 
1414                     /* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */
1415                     if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
1416                         B_FALSE)) != NULL && tvd->vdev_isspare)
1417                               spa_spare_remove(tvd);
1418                     vdev_close(vd);
1419                     vdev_free(vd);
1420           }
1421 
1422           if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs)
1423                     kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
1424                         spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1425 
1426           if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config == NULL)
1427                     nspares = 0;
1428           else
1429                     VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
1430                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
1431 
1432           spa->spa_spares.sav_count = (int)nspares;
1433           spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1434 
1435           if (nspares == 0)
1436                     return;
1437 
1438           /*
1439            * Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the
1440            * process.   For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t
1441            * structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only
1442            * for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev
1443            * configuration (if it's spared in).  During this phase we open and
1444            * validate each vdev on the spare list.  If the vdev also exists in the
1445            * active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare.
1446            */
1447           spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = kmem_alloc(nspares * sizeof (void *),
1448               KM_SLEEP);
1449           for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
1450                     VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, spares[i], NULL, 0,
1451                         VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE) == 0);
1452                     ASSERT(vd != NULL);
1453 
1454                     spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i] = vd;
1455 
1456                     if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
1457                         B_FALSE)) != NULL) {
1458                               if (!tvd->vdev_isspare)
1459                                         spa_spare_add(tvd);
1460 
1461                               /*
1462                                * We only mark the spare active if we were successfully
1463                                * able to load the vdev.  Otherwise, importing a pool
1464                                * with a bad active spare would result in strange
1465                                * behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare
1466                                * is actively in use.
1467                                *
1468                                * There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre
1469                                * circumstance, where a dead active spare is later
1470                                * brought back to life (onlined or otherwise).  Given
1471                                * the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity
1472                                * it adds, we ignore the possibility.
1473                                */
1474                               if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd))
1475                                         spa_spare_activate(tvd);
1476                     }
1477 
1478                     vd->vdev_top = vd;
1479                     vd->vdev_aux = &spa->spa_spares;
1480 
1481                     if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
1482                               continue;
1483 
1484                     if (vdev_validate_aux(vd) == 0)
1485                               spa_spare_add(vd);
1486           }
1487 
1488           /*
1489            * Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information
1490            * this time.
1491            */
1492           VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
1493               DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
1494 
1495           spares = kmem_alloc(spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *),
1496               KM_SLEEP);
1497           for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1498                     spares[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
1499                         spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE);
1500           VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
1501               ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count) == 0);
1502           for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1503                     nvlist_free(spares[i]);
1504           kmem_free(spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1505 }
1506 
1507 /*
1508  * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for
1509  * this pool.  When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1510  * 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'.  We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1511  * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1512  * Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are
1513  * not re-opened.
1514  */
1515 static void
spa_load_l2cache(spa_t * spa)1516 spa_load_l2cache(spa_t *spa)
1517 {
1518           nvlist_t **l2cache;
1519           uint_t nl2cache;
1520           int i, j, oldnvdevs;
1521           uint64_t guid;
1522           vdev_t *vd, **oldvdevs, **newvdevs;
1523           spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
1524 
1525           ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
1526 
1527           if (sav->sav_config != NULL) {
1528                     VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
1529                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
1530                     newvdevs = kmem_alloc(nl2cache * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
1531           } else {
1532                     nl2cache = 0;
1533                     newvdevs = NULL;
1534           }
1535 
1536           oldvdevs = sav->sav_vdevs;
1537           oldnvdevs = sav->sav_count;
1538           sav->sav_vdevs = NULL;
1539           sav->sav_count = 0;
1540 
1541           /*
1542            * Process new nvlist of vdevs.
1543            */
1544           for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
1545                     VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
1546                         &guid) == 0);
1547 
1548                     newvdevs[i] = NULL;
1549                     for (j = 0; j < oldnvdevs; j++) {
1550                               vd = oldvdevs[j];
1551                               if (vd != NULL && guid == vd->vdev_guid) {
1552                                         /*
1553                                          * Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops.
1554                                          */
1555                                         newvdevs[i] = vd;
1556                                         oldvdevs[j] = NULL;
1557                                         break;
1558                               }
1559                     }
1560 
1561                     if (newvdevs[i] == NULL) {
1562                               /*
1563                                * Create new vdev
1564                                */
1565                               VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, l2cache[i], NULL, 0,
1566                                   VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE) == 0);
1567                               ASSERT(vd != NULL);
1568                               newvdevs[i] = vd;
1569 
1570                               /*
1571                                * Commit this vdev as an l2cache device,
1572                                * even if it fails to open.
1573                                */
1574                               spa_l2cache_add(vd);
1575 
1576                               vd->vdev_top = vd;
1577                               vd->vdev_aux = sav;
1578 
1579                               spa_l2cache_activate(vd);
1580 
1581                               if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
1582                                         continue;
1583 
1584                               (void) vdev_validate_aux(vd);
1585 
1586                               if (!vdev_is_dead(vd))
1587                                         l2arc_add_vdev(spa, vd);
1588                     }
1589           }
1590 
1591           /*
1592            * Purge vdevs that were dropped
1593            */
1594           for (i = 0; i < oldnvdevs; i++) {
1595                     uint64_t pool;
1596 
1597                     vd = oldvdevs[i];
1598                     if (vd != NULL) {
1599                               ASSERT(vd->vdev_isl2cache);
1600 
1601                               if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
1602                                   pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
1603                                         l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
1604                               vdev_clear_stats(vd);
1605                               vdev_free(vd);
1606                     }
1607           }
1608 
1609           if (oldvdevs)
1610                     kmem_free(oldvdevs, oldnvdevs * sizeof (void *));
1611 
1612           if (sav->sav_config == NULL)
1613                     goto out;
1614 
1615           sav->sav_vdevs = newvdevs;
1616           sav->sav_count = (int)nl2cache;
1617 
1618           /*
1619            * Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status
1620            * information this time.
1621            */
1622           VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
1623               DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
1624 
1625           l2cache = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
1626           for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1627                     l2cache[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
1628                         sav->sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
1629           VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
1630               ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, sav->sav_count) == 0);
1631 out:
1632           for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1633                     nvlist_free(l2cache[i]);
1634           if (sav->sav_count)
1635                     kmem_free(l2cache, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1636 }
1637 
1638 static int
load_nvlist(spa_t * spa,uint64_t obj,nvlist_t ** value)1639 load_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t **value)
1640 {
1641           dmu_buf_t *db;
1642           char *packed = NULL;
1643           size_t nvsize = 0;
1644           int error;
1645           *value = NULL;
1646 
1647           error = dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db);
1648           if (error != 0)
1649                     return (error);
1650 
1651           nvsize = *(uint64_t *)db->db_data;
1652           dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
1653 
1654           packed = kmem_alloc(nvsize, KM_SLEEP);
1655           error = dmu_read(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, nvsize, packed,
1656               DMU_READ_PREFETCH);
1657           if (error == 0)
1658                     error = nvlist_unpack(packed, nvsize, value, 0);
1659           kmem_free(packed, nvsize);
1660 
1661           return (error);
1662 }
1663 
1664 /*
1665  * Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a
1666  * sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed.
1667  */
1668 static void
spa_check_removed(vdev_t * vd)1669 spa_check_removed(vdev_t *vd)
1670 {
1671           for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
1672                     spa_check_removed(vd->vdev_child[c]);
1673 
1674           if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf && vdev_is_dead(vd) &&
1675               !vd->vdev_ishole) {
1676                     zfs_post_autoreplace(vd->vdev_spa, vd);
1677                     spa_event_notify(vd->vdev_spa, vd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK);
1678           }
1679 }
1680 
1681 static void
spa_config_valid_zaps(vdev_t * vd,vdev_t * mvd)1682 spa_config_valid_zaps(vdev_t *vd, vdev_t *mvd)
1683 {
1684           ASSERT3U(vd->vdev_children, ==, mvd->vdev_children);
1685 
1686           vd->vdev_top_zap = mvd->vdev_top_zap;
1687           vd->vdev_leaf_zap = mvd->vdev_leaf_zap;
1688 
1689           for (uint64_t i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) {
1690                     spa_config_valid_zaps(vd->vdev_child[i], mvd->vdev_child[i]);
1691           }
1692 }
1693 
1694 /*
1695  * Validate the current config against the MOS config
1696  */
1697 static boolean_t
spa_config_valid(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * config)1698 spa_config_valid(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
1699 {
1700           vdev_t *mrvd, *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1701           nvlist_t *nv;
1702 
1703           VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nv) == 0);
1704 
1705           spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
1706           VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &mrvd, nv, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD) == 0);
1707 
1708           ASSERT3U(rvd->vdev_children, ==, mrvd->vdev_children);
1709 
1710           /*
1711            * If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional
1712            * diagnostic information about missing devices in this config.
1713            * We'll pass this up to the user for further processing.
1714            */
1715           if (!(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG)) {
1716                     nvlist_t **child, *nv;
1717                     uint64_t idx = 0;
1718 
1719                     child = kmem_alloc(rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (nvlist_t **),
1720                         KM_SLEEP);
1721                     VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nv, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
1722 
1723                     for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1724                               vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1725                               vdev_t *mtvd  = mrvd->vdev_child[c];
1726 
1727                               if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_missing_ops &&
1728                                   mtvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_missing_ops &&
1729                                   mtvd->vdev_islog)
1730                                         child[idx++] = vdev_config_generate(spa, mtvd,
1731                                             B_FALSE, 0);
1732                     }
1733 
1734                     if (idx) {
1735                               VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv,
1736                                   ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, child, idx) == 0);
1737                               VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
1738                                   ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES, nv) == 0);
1739 
1740                               for (int i = 0; i < idx; i++)
1741                                         nvlist_free(child[i]);
1742                     }
1743                     nvlist_free(nv);
1744                     kmem_free(child, rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (char **));
1745           }
1746 
1747           /*
1748            * Compare the root vdev tree with the information we have
1749            * from the MOS config (mrvd). Check each top-level vdev
1750            * with the corresponding MOS config top-level (mtvd).
1751            */
1752           for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1753                     vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1754                     vdev_t *mtvd  = mrvd->vdev_child[c];
1755 
1756                     /*
1757                      * Resolve any "missing" vdevs in the current configuration.
1758                      * If we find that the MOS config has more accurate information
1759                      * about the top-level vdev then use that vdev instead.
1760                      */
1761                     if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_missing_ops &&
1762                         mtvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_missing_ops) {
1763 
1764                               if (!(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG))
1765                                         continue;
1766 
1767                               /*
1768                                * Device specific actions.
1769                                */
1770                               if (mtvd->vdev_islog) {
1771                                         spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
1772                               } else {
1773                                         /*
1774                                          * XXX - once we have 'readonly' pool
1775                                          * support we should be able to handle
1776                                          * missing data devices by transitioning
1777                                          * the pool to readonly.
1778                                          */
1779                                         continue;
1780                               }
1781 
1782                               /*
1783                                * Swap the missing vdev with the data we were
1784                                * able to obtain from the MOS config.
1785                                */
1786                               vdev_remove_child(rvd, tvd);
1787                               vdev_remove_child(mrvd, mtvd);
1788 
1789                               vdev_add_child(rvd, mtvd);
1790                               vdev_add_child(mrvd, tvd);
1791 
1792                               spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
1793                               vdev_load(mtvd);
1794                               spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
1795 
1796                               vdev_reopen(rvd);
1797                     } else {
1798                               if (mtvd->vdev_islog) {
1799                                         /*
1800                                          * Load the slog device's state from the MOS
1801                                          * config since it's possible that the label
1802                                          * does not contain the most up-to-date
1803                                          * information.
1804                                          */
1805                                         vdev_load_log_state(tvd, mtvd);
1806                                         vdev_reopen(tvd);
1807                               }
1808 
1809                               /*
1810                                * Per-vdev ZAP info is stored exclusively in the MOS.
1811                                */
1812                               spa_config_valid_zaps(tvd, mtvd);
1813                     }
1814           }
1815 
1816           vdev_free(mrvd);
1817           spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
1818 
1819           /*
1820            * Ensure we were able to validate the config.
1821            */
1822           return (rvd->vdev_guid_sum == spa->spa_uberblock.ub_guid_sum);
1823 }
1824 
1825 /*
1826  * Check for missing log devices
1827  */
1828 static boolean_t
spa_check_logs(spa_t * spa)1829 spa_check_logs(spa_t *spa)
1830 {
1831           boolean_t rv = B_FALSE;
1832           dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
1833 
1834           switch (spa->spa_log_state) {
1835           case SPA_LOG_MISSING:
1836                     /* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */
1837           case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN:
1838                     rv = (dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj,
1839                         zil_check_log_chain, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN) != 0);
1840                     if (rv)
1841                               spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_MISSING);
1842                     break;
1843           }
1844           return (rv);
1845 }
1846 
1847 static boolean_t
spa_passivate_log(spa_t * spa)1848 spa_passivate_log(spa_t *spa)
1849 {
1850           vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1851           boolean_t slog_found = B_FALSE;
1852 
1853           ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
1854 
1855           if (!spa_has_slogs(spa))
1856                     return (B_FALSE);
1857 
1858           for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1859                     vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1860                     metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
1861 
1862                     if (tvd->vdev_islog) {
1863                               metaslab_group_passivate(mg);
1864                               slog_found = B_TRUE;
1865                     }
1866           }
1867 
1868           return (slog_found);
1869 }
1870 
1871 static void
spa_activate_log(spa_t * spa)1872 spa_activate_log(spa_t *spa)
1873 {
1874           vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1875 
1876           ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
1877 
1878           for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1879                     vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1880                     metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
1881 
1882                     if (tvd->vdev_islog)
1883                               metaslab_group_activate(mg);
1884           }
1885 }
1886 
1887 int
spa_offline_log(spa_t * spa)1888 spa_offline_log(spa_t *spa)
1889 {
1890           int error;
1891 
1892           error = dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa), zil_vdev_offline,
1893               NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
1894           if (error == 0) {
1895                     /*
1896                      * We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the
1897                      * current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed
1898                      * by zil_sync().
1899                      */
1900                     txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
1901           }
1902           return (error);
1903 }
1904 
1905 static void
spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t * sav)1906 spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav)
1907 {
1908           int i;
1909 
1910           for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1911                     spa_check_removed(sav->sav_vdevs[i]);
1912 }
1913 
1914 void
spa_claim_notify(zio_t * zio)1915 spa_claim_notify(zio_t *zio)
1916 {
1917           spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
1918 
1919           if (zio->io_error)
1920                     return;
1921 
1922           mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);      /* any mutex will do */
1923           if (spa->spa_claim_max_txg < zio->io_bp->blk_birth)
1924                     spa->spa_claim_max_txg = zio->io_bp->blk_birth;
1925           mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
1926 }
1927 
1928 typedef struct spa_load_error {
1929           uint64_t  sle_meta_count;
1930           uint64_t  sle_data_count;
1931 } spa_load_error_t;
1932 
1933 static void
spa_load_verify_done(zio_t * zio)1934 spa_load_verify_done(zio_t *zio)
1935 {
1936           blkptr_t *bp = zio->io_bp;
1937           spa_load_error_t *sle = zio->io_private;
1938           dmu_object_type_t type = BP_GET_TYPE(bp);
1939           int error = zio->io_error;
1940           spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
1941 
1942           if (error) {
1943                     if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type)) &&
1944                         type != DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG)
1945                               atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_meta_count);
1946                     else
1947                               atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_data_count);
1948           }
1949           zio_data_buf_free(zio->io_data, zio->io_size);
1950 
1951           mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
1952           spa->spa_scrub_inflight--;
1953           cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv);
1954           mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
1955 }
1956 
1957 /*
1958  * Maximum number of concurrent scrub i/os to create while verifying
1959  * a pool while importing it.
1960  */
1961 int spa_load_verify_maxinflight = 10000;
1962 boolean_t spa_load_verify_metadata = B_TRUE;
1963 boolean_t spa_load_verify_data = B_TRUE;
1964 
1965 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_verify_maxinflight, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
1966     &spa_load_verify_maxinflight, 0,
1967     "Maximum number of concurrent scrub I/Os to create while verifying a "
1968     "pool while importing it");
1969 
1970 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_verify_metadata, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
1971     &spa_load_verify_metadata, 0,
1972     "Check metadata on import?");
1973 
1974 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_verify_data, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
1975     &spa_load_verify_data, 0,
1976     "Check user data on import?");
1977 
1978 /*ARGSUSED*/
1979 static int
spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t * spa,zilog_t * zilog,const blkptr_t * bp,const zbookmark_phys_t * zb,const dnode_phys_t * dnp,void * arg)1980 spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t *spa, zilog_t *zilog, const blkptr_t *bp,
1981     const zbookmark_phys_t *zb, const dnode_phys_t *dnp, void *arg)
1982 {
1983           if (bp == NULL || BP_IS_HOLE(bp) || BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp))
1984                     return (0);
1985           /*
1986            * Note: normally this routine will not be called if
1987            * spa_load_verify_metadata is not set.  However, it may be useful
1988            * to manually set the flag after the traversal has begun.
1989            */
1990           if (!spa_load_verify_metadata)
1991                     return (0);
1992           if (BP_GET_BUFC_TYPE(bp) == ARC_BUFC_DATA && !spa_load_verify_data)
1993                     return (0);
1994 
1995           zio_t *rio = arg;
1996           size_t size = BP_GET_PSIZE(bp);
1997           void *data = zio_data_buf_alloc(size);
1998 
1999           mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2000           while (spa->spa_scrub_inflight >= spa_load_verify_maxinflight)
2001                     cv_wait(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv, &spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2002           spa->spa_scrub_inflight++;
2003           mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2004 
2005           zio_nowait(zio_read(rio, spa, bp, data, size,
2006               spa_load_verify_done, rio->io_private, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB,
2007               ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE | ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL |
2008               ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB | ZIO_FLAG_RAW, zb));
2009           return (0);
2010 }
2011 
2012 /* ARGSUSED */
2013 int
verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t * dp,dsl_dataset_t * ds,void * arg)2014 verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t *dp, dsl_dataset_t *ds, void *arg)
2015 {
2016           if (dsl_dataset_namelen(ds) >= ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN)
2017                     return (SET_ERROR(ENAMETOOLONG));
2018 
2019           return (0);
2020 }
2021 
2022 static int
spa_load_verify(spa_t * spa)2023 spa_load_verify(spa_t *spa)
2024 {
2025           zio_t *rio;
2026           spa_load_error_t sle = { 0 };
2027           zpool_rewind_policy_t policy;
2028           boolean_t verify_ok = B_FALSE;
2029           int error = 0;
2030 
2031           zpool_get_rewind_policy(spa->spa_config, &policy);
2032 
2033           if (policy.zrp_request & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND)
2034                     return (0);
2035 
2036           dsl_pool_config_enter(spa->spa_dsl_pool, FTAG);
2037           error = dmu_objset_find_dp(spa->spa_dsl_pool,
2038               spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_root_dir_obj, verify_dataset_name_len, NULL,
2039               DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
2040           dsl_pool_config_exit(spa->spa_dsl_pool, FTAG);
2041           if (error != 0)
2042                     return (error);
2043 
2044           rio = zio_root(spa, NULL, &sle,
2045               ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE);
2046 
2047           if (spa_load_verify_metadata) {
2048                     error = traverse_pool(spa, spa->spa_verify_min_txg,
2049                         TRAVERSE_PRE | TRAVERSE_PREFETCH_METADATA,
2050                         spa_load_verify_cb, rio);
2051           }
2052 
2053           (void) zio_wait(rio);
2054 
2055           spa->spa_load_meta_errors = sle.sle_meta_count;
2056           spa->spa_load_data_errors = sle.sle_data_count;
2057 
2058           if (!error && sle.sle_meta_count <= policy.zrp_maxmeta &&
2059               sle.sle_data_count <= policy.zrp_maxdata) {
2060                     int64_t loss = 0;
2061 
2062                     verify_ok = B_TRUE;
2063                     spa->spa_load_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
2064                     spa->spa_load_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
2065 
2066                     loss = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts - spa->spa_load_txg_ts;
2067                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
2068                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME, spa->spa_load_txg_ts) == 0);
2069                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_int64(spa->spa_load_info,
2070                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME, loss) == 0);
2071                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
2072                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS, sle.sle_data_count) == 0);
2073           } else {
2074                     spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
2075           }
2076 
2077           if (error) {
2078                     if (error != ENXIO && error != EIO)
2079                               error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
2080                     return (error);
2081           }
2082 
2083           return (verify_ok ? 0 : EIO);
2084 }
2085 
2086 /*
2087  * Find a value in the pool props object.
2088  */
2089 static void
spa_prop_find(spa_t * spa,zpool_prop_t prop,uint64_t * val)2090 spa_prop_find(spa_t *spa, zpool_prop_t prop, uint64_t *val)
2091 {
2092           (void) zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
2093               zpool_prop_to_name(prop), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val);
2094 }
2095 
2096 /*
2097  * Find a value in the pool directory object.
2098  */
2099 static int
spa_dir_prop(spa_t * spa,const char * name,uint64_t * val)2100 spa_dir_prop(spa_t *spa, const char *name, uint64_t *val)
2101 {
2102           return (zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
2103               name, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val));
2104 }
2105 
2106 static int
spa_vdev_err(vdev_t * vdev,vdev_aux_t aux,int err)2107 spa_vdev_err(vdev_t *vdev, vdev_aux_t aux, int err)
2108 {
2109           vdev_set_state(vdev, B_TRUE, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN, aux);
2110           return (err);
2111 }
2112 
2113 /*
2114  * Fix up config after a partly-completed split.  This is done with the
2115  * ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist.  Both the splitting pool and the split-off
2116  * pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains
2117  * a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off.
2118  *
2119  * This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin
2120  * all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process.  To attempt
2121  * the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and
2122  * we do a reopen() call.  If the vdev label for every disk that was
2123  * marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2124  * then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split.
2125  *
2126  * Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in
2127  * the original pool.
2128  */
2129 static void
spa_try_repair(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * config)2130 spa_try_repair(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
2131 {
2132           uint_t extracted;
2133           uint64_t *glist;
2134           uint_t i, gcount;
2135           nvlist_t *nvl;
2136           vdev_t **vd;
2137           boolean_t attempt_reopen;
2138 
2139           if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, &nvl) != 0)
2140                     return;
2141 
2142           /* check that the config is complete */
2143           if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
2144               &glist, &gcount) != 0)
2145                     return;
2146 
2147           vd = kmem_zalloc(gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
2148 
2149           /* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */
2150           attempt_reopen = B_TRUE;
2151           for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
2152                     if (glist[i] == 0)  /* vdev is hole */
2153                               continue;
2154 
2155                     vd[i] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[i], B_FALSE);
2156                     if (vd[i] == NULL) {
2157                               /*
2158                                * Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks;
2159                                * just do the split.
2160                                */
2161                               attempt_reopen = B_FALSE;
2162                     } else {
2163                               /* attempt to re-online it */
2164                               vd[i]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
2165                     }
2166           }
2167 
2168           if (attempt_reopen) {
2169                     vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2170 
2171                     /* check each device to see what state it's in */
2172                     for (extracted = 0, i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
2173                               if (vd[i] != NULL &&
2174                                   vd[i]->vdev_stat.vs_aux != VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2175                                         break;
2176                               ++extracted;
2177                     }
2178           }
2179 
2180           /*
2181            * If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never
2182            * even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for
2183            * good.
2184            */
2185           if (!attempt_reopen || gcount == extracted) {
2186                     for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++)
2187                               if (vd[i] != NULL)
2188                                         vdev_split(vd[i]);
2189                     vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2190           }
2191 
2192           kmem_free(vd, gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *));
2193 }
2194 
2195 static int
spa_load(spa_t * spa,spa_load_state_t state,spa_import_type_t type,boolean_t mosconfig)2196 spa_load(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type,
2197     boolean_t mosconfig)
2198 {
2199           nvlist_t *config = spa->spa_config;
2200           char *ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL;
2201           char *comment;
2202           int error;
2203           uint64_t pool_guid;
2204           nvlist_t *nvl;
2205 
2206           if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID, &pool_guid))
2207                     return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
2208 
2209           ASSERT(spa->spa_comment == NULL);
2210           if (nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT, &comment) == 0)
2211                     spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(comment);
2212 
2213           /*
2214            * Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if
2215            * it's not present treat it as the initial version.
2216            */
2217           if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
2218               &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
2219                     spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
2220 
2221           (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
2222               &spa->spa_config_txg);
2223 
2224           if ((state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT || state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) &&
2225               spa_guid_exists(pool_guid, 0)) {
2226                     error = SET_ERROR(EEXIST);
2227           } else {
2228                     spa->spa_config_guid = pool_guid;
2229 
2230                     if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT,
2231                         &nvl) == 0) {
2232                               VERIFY(nvlist_dup(nvl, &spa->spa_config_splitting,
2233                                   KM_SLEEP) == 0);
2234                     }
2235 
2236                     nvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
2237                     spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
2238 
2239                     gethrestime(&spa->spa_loaded_ts);
2240                     error = spa_load_impl(spa, pool_guid, config, state, type,
2241                         mosconfig, &ereport);
2242           }
2243 
2244           /*
2245            * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
2246            * and are making their way through the eviction process.
2247            */
2248           spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
2249           spa->spa_minref = refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
2250           if (error) {
2251                     if (error != EEXIST) {
2252                               spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec = 0;
2253                               spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec = 0;
2254                     }
2255                     if (error != EBADF) {
2256                               zfs_ereport_post(ereport, spa, NULL, NULL, 0, 0);
2257                     }
2258           }
2259           spa->spa_load_state = error ? SPA_LOAD_ERROR : SPA_LOAD_NONE;
2260           spa->spa_ena = 0;
2261 
2262           return (error);
2263 }
2264 
2265 /*
2266  * Count the number of per-vdev ZAPs associated with all of the vdevs in the
2267  * vdev tree rooted in the given vd, and ensure that each ZAP is present in the
2268  * spa's per-vdev ZAP list.
2269  */
2270 static uint64_t
vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t * vd)2271 vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t *vd)
2272 {
2273           spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa;
2274           uint64_t total = 0;
2275           if (vd->vdev_top_zap != 0) {
2276                     total++;
2277                     ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset,
2278                         spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, vd->vdev_top_zap));
2279           }
2280           if (vd->vdev_leaf_zap != 0) {
2281                     total++;
2282                     ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset,
2283                         spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, vd->vdev_leaf_zap));
2284           }
2285 
2286           for (uint64_t i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) {
2287                     total += vdev_count_verify_zaps(vd->vdev_child[i]);
2288           }
2289 
2290           return (total);
2291 }
2292 
2293 /*
2294  * Load an existing storage pool, using the pool's builtin spa_config as a
2295  * source of configuration information.
2296  */
2297 static int
spa_load_impl(spa_t * spa,uint64_t pool_guid,nvlist_t * config,spa_load_state_t state,spa_import_type_t type,boolean_t mosconfig,char ** ereport)2298 spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, uint64_t pool_guid, nvlist_t *config,
2299     spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type, boolean_t mosconfig,
2300     char **ereport)
2301 {
2302           int error = 0;
2303           nvlist_t *nvroot = NULL;
2304           nvlist_t *label;
2305           vdev_t *rvd;
2306           uberblock_t *ub = &spa->spa_uberblock;
2307           uint64_t children, config_cache_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
2308           int orig_mode = spa->spa_mode;
2309           int parse;
2310           uint64_t obj;
2311           boolean_t missing_feat_write = B_FALSE;
2312 
2313           /*
2314            * If this is an untrusted config, access the pool in read-only mode.
2315            * This prevents things like resilvering recently removed devices.
2316            */
2317           if (!mosconfig)
2318                     spa->spa_mode = FREAD;
2319 
2320           ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
2321 
2322           spa->spa_load_state = state;
2323 
2324           if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot))
2325                     return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
2326 
2327           parse = (type == SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING ?
2328               VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD : VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT);
2329 
2330           /*
2331            * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
2332            */
2333           spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *),
2334               KM_SLEEP);
2335           for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) {
2336                     spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
2337                         ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE |
2338                         ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
2339           }
2340 
2341           /*
2342            * Parse the configuration into a vdev tree.  We explicitly set the
2343            * value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the
2344            * configuration requires knowing the version number.
2345            */
2346           spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2347           error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvroot, NULL, 0, parse);
2348           spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2349 
2350           if (error != 0)
2351                     return (error);
2352 
2353           ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
2354           ASSERT3U(spa->spa_min_ashift, >=, SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT);
2355           ASSERT3U(spa->spa_max_ashift, <=, SPA_MAXBLOCKSHIFT);
2356 
2357           if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2358                     ASSERT(spa_guid(spa) == pool_guid);
2359           }
2360 
2361           /*
2362            * Try to open all vdevs, loading each label in the process.
2363            */
2364           spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2365           error = vdev_open(rvd);
2366           spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2367           if (error != 0)
2368                     return (error);
2369 
2370           /*
2371            * We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that
2372            * we have in hand, which is dependent on the setting of mosconfig. If
2373            * mosconfig is true then we're validating the vdev labels based on
2374            * that config.  Otherwise, we're validating against the cached config
2375            * (zpool.cache) that was read when we loaded the zfs module, and then
2376            * later we will recursively call spa_load() and validate against
2377            * the vdev config.
2378            *
2379            * If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an
2380            * existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip
2381            * validation for now.
2382            */
2383           if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2384                     spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2385                     error = vdev_validate(rvd, mosconfig);
2386                     spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2387 
2388                     if (error != 0)
2389                               return (error);
2390 
2391                     if (rvd->vdev_state <= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN)
2392                               return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
2393           }
2394 
2395           /*
2396            * Find the best uberblock.
2397            */
2398           vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &label);
2399 
2400           /*
2401            * If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure.
2402            */
2403           if (ub->ub_txg == 0) {
2404                     nvlist_free(label);
2405                     return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, ENXIO));
2406           }
2407 
2408           /*
2409            * If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it.
2410            */
2411           if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub->ub_version)) {
2412                     nvlist_free(label);
2413                     return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER, ENOTSUP));
2414           }
2415 
2416           if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
2417                     nvlist_t *features;
2418 
2419                     /*
2420                      * If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the
2421                      * MOS in the label, return failure.
2422                      */
2423                     if (label == NULL || nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label,
2424                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ, &features) != 0) {
2425                               nvlist_free(label);
2426                               return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
2427                                   ENXIO));
2428                     }
2429 
2430                     /*
2431                      * Update our in-core representation with the definitive values
2432                      * from the label.
2433                      */
2434                     nvlist_free(spa->spa_label_features);
2435                     VERIFY(nvlist_dup(features, &spa->spa_label_features, 0) == 0);
2436           }
2437 
2438           nvlist_free(label);
2439 
2440           /*
2441            * Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If
2442            * there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we
2443            * cannot open a pool.
2444            */
2445           if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
2446                     nvlist_t *unsup_feat;
2447 
2448                     VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&unsup_feat, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) ==
2449                         0);
2450 
2451                     for (nvpair_t *nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features,
2452                         NULL); nvp != NULL;
2453                         nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features, nvp)) {
2454                               if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp))) {
2455                                         VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(unsup_feat,
2456                                             nvpair_name(nvp), "") == 0);
2457                               }
2458                     }
2459 
2460                     if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
2461                               VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
2462                                   ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat) == 0);
2463                               nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
2464                               return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
2465                                   ENOTSUP));
2466                     }
2467 
2468                     nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
2469           }
2470 
2471           /*
2472            * If the vdev guid sum doesn't match the uberblock, we have an
2473            * incomplete configuration.  We first check to see if the pool
2474            * is aware of the complete config (i.e ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_CHILDREN).
2475            * If it is, defer the vdev_guid_sum check till later so we
2476            * can handle missing vdevs.
2477            */
2478           if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_CHILDREN,
2479               &children) != 0 && mosconfig && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE &&
2480               rvd->vdev_guid_sum != ub->ub_guid_sum)
2481                     return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM, ENXIO));
2482 
2483           if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE && spa->spa_config_splitting) {
2484                     spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2485                     spa_try_repair(spa, config);
2486                     spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2487                     nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
2488                     spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
2489           }
2490 
2491           /*
2492            * Initialize internal SPA structures.
2493            */
2494           spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
2495           spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
2496           spa->spa_verify_min_txg = spa->spa_extreme_rewind ?
2497               TXG_INITIAL - 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE - 1;
2498           spa->spa_first_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg ?
2499               spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) + 1;
2500           spa->spa_claim_max_txg = spa->spa_first_txg;
2501           spa->spa_prev_software_version = ub->ub_software_version;
2502 
2503           error = dsl_pool_init(spa, spa->spa_first_txg, &spa->spa_dsl_pool);
2504           if (error)
2505                     return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2506           spa->spa_meta_objset = spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_meta_objset;
2507 
2508           if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CONFIG, &spa->spa_config_object) != 0)
2509                     return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2510 
2511           if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
2512                     boolean_t missing_feat_read = B_FALSE;
2513                     nvlist_t *unsup_feat, *enabled_feat;
2514 
2515                     if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ,
2516                         &spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj) != 0) {
2517                               return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2518                     }
2519 
2520                     if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE,
2521                         &spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj) != 0) {
2522                               return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2523                     }
2524 
2525                     if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS,
2526                         &spa->spa_feat_desc_obj) != 0) {
2527                               return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2528                     }
2529 
2530                     enabled_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
2531                     unsup_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
2532 
2533                     if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_FALSE,
2534                         unsup_feat, enabled_feat))
2535                               missing_feat_read = B_TRUE;
2536 
2537                     if (spa_writeable(spa) || state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
2538                               if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_TRUE,
2539                                   unsup_feat, enabled_feat)) {
2540                                         missing_feat_write = B_TRUE;
2541                               }
2542                     }
2543 
2544                     fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
2545                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT, enabled_feat);
2546 
2547                     if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
2548                               fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
2549                                   ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat);
2550                     }
2551 
2552                     fnvlist_free(enabled_feat);
2553                     fnvlist_free(unsup_feat);
2554 
2555                     if (!missing_feat_read) {
2556                               fnvlist_add_boolean(spa->spa_load_info,
2557                                   ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY);
2558                     }
2559 
2560                     /*
2561                      * If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is
2562                      * twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for
2563                      * import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the
2564                      * pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool
2565                      * is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed
2566                      * as available in userland; if it is not available for import
2567                      * in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in
2568                      * userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only
2569                      * mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable
2570                      * in userland with a special note that the pool is actually
2571                      * available for open in read-only mode.
2572                      *
2573                      * As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are
2574                      * missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether
2575                      * the pool can be opened read-only before returning to
2576                      * userland in order to know whether to display the
2577                      * abovementioned note.
2578                      */
2579                     if (missing_feat_read || (missing_feat_write &&
2580                         spa_writeable(spa))) {
2581                               return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
2582                                   ENOTSUP));
2583                     }
2584 
2585                     /*
2586                      * Load refcounts for ZFS features from disk into an in-memory
2587                      * cache during SPA initialization.
2588                      */
2589                     for (spa_feature_t i = 0; i < SPA_FEATURES; i++) {
2590                               uint64_t refcount;
2591 
2592                               error = feature_get_refcount_from_disk(spa,
2593                                   &spa_feature_table[i], &refcount);
2594                               if (error == 0) {
2595                                         spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] = refcount;
2596                               } else if (error == ENOTSUP) {
2597                                         spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] =
2598                                             SPA_FEATURE_DISABLED;
2599                               } else {
2600                                         return (spa_vdev_err(rvd,
2601                                             VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2602                               }
2603                     }
2604           }
2605 
2606           if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG)) {
2607                     if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG,
2608                         &spa->spa_feat_enabled_txg_obj) != 0)
2609                               return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2610           }
2611 
2612           spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
2613           error = dsl_pool_open(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
2614           spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
2615           if (error != 0)
2616                     return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2617 
2618           if (!mosconfig) {
2619                     uint64_t hostid;
2620                     nvlist_t *policy = NULL, *nvconfig;
2621 
2622                     if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &nvconfig) != 0)
2623                               return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2624 
2625                     if (!spa_is_root(spa) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvconfig,
2626                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID, &hostid) == 0) {
2627                               char *hostname;
2628                               unsigned long myhostid = 0;
2629 
2630                               VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(nvconfig,
2631                                   ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME, &hostname) == 0);
2632 
2633 #ifdef    _KERNEL
2634                               myhostid = zone_get_hostid(NULL);
2635 #else     /* _KERNEL */
2636                               /*
2637                                * We're emulating the system's hostid in userland, so
2638                                * we can't use zone_get_hostid().
2639                                */
2640                               (void) ddi_strtoul(hw_serial, NULL, 10, &myhostid);
2641 #endif    /* _KERNEL */
2642                               if (check_hostid && hostid != 0 && myhostid != 0 &&
2643                                   hostid != myhostid) {
2644                                         nvlist_free(nvconfig);
2645                                         cmn_err(CE_WARN, "pool '%s' could not be "
2646                                             "loaded as it was last accessed by "
2647                                             "another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%lx). "
2648                                             "See: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-EY",
2649                                             spa_name(spa), hostname,
2650                                             (unsigned long)hostid);
2651                                         return (SET_ERROR(EBADF));
2652                               }
2653                     }
2654                     if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa->spa_config,
2655                         ZPOOL_REWIND_POLICY, &policy) == 0)
2656                               VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvconfig,
2657                                   ZPOOL_REWIND_POLICY, policy) == 0);
2658 
2659                     spa_config_set(spa, nvconfig);
2660                     spa_unload(spa);
2661                     spa_deactivate(spa);
2662                     spa_activate(spa, orig_mode);
2663 
2664                     return (spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING, B_TRUE));
2665           }
2666 
2667           /* Grab the secret checksum salt from the MOS. */
2668           error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
2669               DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1,
2670               sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes),
2671               spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes);
2672           if (error == ENOENT) {
2673                     /* Generate a new salt for subsequent use */
2674                     (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes,
2675                         sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes));
2676           } else if (error != 0) {
2677                     return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2678           }
2679 
2680           if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ, &obj) != 0)
2681                     return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2682           error = bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, spa->spa_meta_objset, obj);
2683           if (error != 0)
2684                     return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2685 
2686           /*
2687            * Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function
2688            * (raid-z deflation).  If we have an older pool, this will not
2689            * be present.
2690            */
2691           error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE, &spa->spa_deflate);
2692           if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2693                     return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2694 
2695           error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
2696               &spa->spa_creation_version);
2697           if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2698                     return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2699 
2700           /*
2701            * Load the persistent error log.  If we have an older pool, this will
2702            * not be present.
2703            */
2704           error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST, &spa->spa_errlog_last);
2705           if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2706                     return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2707 
2708           error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB,
2709               &spa->spa_errlog_scrub);
2710           if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2711                     return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2712 
2713           /*
2714            * Load the history object.  If we have an older pool, this
2715            * will not be present.
2716            */
2717           error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_HISTORY, &spa->spa_history);
2718           if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2719                     return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2720 
2721           /*
2722            * Load the per-vdev ZAP map. If we have an older pool, this will not
2723            * be present; in this case, defer its creation to a later time to
2724            * avoid dirtying the MOS this early / out of sync context. See
2725            * spa_sync_config_object.
2726            */
2727 
2728           /* The sentinel is only available in the MOS config. */
2729           nvlist_t *mos_config;
2730           if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &mos_config) != 0)
2731                     return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2732 
2733           error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP,
2734               &spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps);
2735 
2736           if (error != ENOENT && error != 0) {
2737                     return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2738           } else if (error == 0 && !nvlist_exists(mos_config,
2739               ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS)) {
2740                     /*
2741                      * An older version of ZFS overwrote the sentinel value, so
2742                      * we have orphaned per-vdev ZAPs in the MOS. Defer their
2743                      * destruction to later; see spa_sync_config_object.
2744                      */
2745                     spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY;
2746                     /*
2747                      * We're assuming that no vdevs have had their ZAPs created
2748                      * before this. Better be sure of it.
2749                      */
2750                     ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev));
2751           }
2752           nvlist_free(mos_config);
2753 
2754           /*
2755            * If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of
2756            * an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache
2757            * devices.
2758            */
2759 
2760           /*
2761            * Load any hot spares for this pool.
2762            */
2763           error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SPARES, &spa->spa_spares.sav_object);
2764           if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2765                     return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2766           if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2767                     ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
2768                     if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_object,
2769                         &spa->spa_spares.sav_config) != 0)
2770                               return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2771 
2772                     spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2773                     spa_load_spares(spa);
2774                     spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2775           } else if (error == 0) {
2776                     spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
2777           }
2778 
2779           /*
2780            * Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool.
2781            */
2782           error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE,
2783               &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object);
2784           if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2785                     return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2786           if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2787                     ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE);
2788                     if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object,
2789                         &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) != 0)
2790                               return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2791 
2792                     spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2793                     spa_load_l2cache(spa);
2794                     spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2795           } else if (error == 0) {
2796                     spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
2797           }
2798 
2799           spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
2800 
2801           error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_PROPS, &spa->spa_pool_props_object);
2802           if (error && error != ENOENT)
2803                     return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2804 
2805           if (error == 0) {
2806                     uint64_t autoreplace;
2807 
2808                     spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS, &spa->spa_bootfs);
2809                     spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE, &autoreplace);
2810                     spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION, &spa->spa_delegation);
2811                     spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE, &spa->spa_failmode);
2812                     spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND, &spa->spa_autoexpand);
2813                     spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO,
2814                         &spa->spa_dedup_ditto);
2815 
2816                     spa->spa_autoreplace = (autoreplace != 0);
2817           }
2818 
2819           /*
2820            * If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying
2821            * the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable
2822            * devices.  We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any
2823            * unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take
2824            * over.
2825            */
2826           if (spa->spa_autoreplace && state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
2827                     spa_check_removed(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2828                     /*
2829                      * For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because
2830                      * at this point we're using the spare definitions from
2831                      * the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config.
2832                      */
2833                     if (state != SPA_LOAD_IMPORT) {
2834                               spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
2835                               spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
2836                     }
2837           }
2838 
2839           /*
2840            * Load the vdev state for all toplevel vdevs.
2841            */
2842           vdev_load(rvd);
2843 
2844           /*
2845            * Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the tree.
2846            */
2847           spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2848           vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd, 0, 0, B_FALSE);
2849           spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2850 
2851           /*
2852            * Load the DDTs (dedup tables).
2853            */
2854           error = ddt_load(spa);
2855           if (error != 0)
2856                     return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2857 
2858           spa_update_dspace(spa);
2859 
2860           /*
2861            * Validate the config, using the MOS config to fill in any
2862            * information which might be missing.  If we fail to validate
2863            * the config then declare the pool unfit for use. If we're
2864            * assembling a pool from a split, the log is not transferred
2865            * over.
2866            */
2867           if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2868                     nvlist_t *nvconfig;
2869 
2870                     if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &nvconfig) != 0)
2871                               return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2872 
2873                     if (!spa_config_valid(spa, nvconfig)) {
2874                               nvlist_free(nvconfig);
2875                               return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM,
2876                                   ENXIO));
2877                     }
2878                     nvlist_free(nvconfig);
2879 
2880                     /*
2881                      * Now that we've validated the config, check the state of the
2882                      * root vdev.  If it can't be opened, it indicates one or
2883                      * more toplevel vdevs are faulted.
2884                      */
2885                     if (rvd->vdev_state <= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN)
2886                               return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
2887 
2888                     if (spa_writeable(spa) && spa_check_logs(spa)) {
2889                               *ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY;
2890                               return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG, ENXIO));
2891                     }
2892           }
2893 
2894           if (missing_feat_write) {
2895                     ASSERT(state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
2896 
2897                     /*
2898                      * At this point, we know that we can open the pool in
2899                      * read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough
2900                      * information and can return to userland.
2901                      */
2902                     return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT, ENOTSUP));
2903           }
2904 
2905           /*
2906            * We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready
2907            * to start pushing transactions.
2908            */
2909           if (state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
2910                     if (error = spa_load_verify(spa))
2911                               return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
2912                                   error));
2913           }
2914 
2915           if (spa_writeable(spa) && (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
2916               spa->spa_load_max_txg == UINT64_MAX)) {
2917                     dmu_tx_t *tx;
2918                     int need_update = B_FALSE;
2919                     dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
2920 
2921                     ASSERT(state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
2922 
2923                     /*
2924                      * Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet.
2925                      * This must all happen in a single txg.
2926                      * Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(),
2927                      * invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback.
2928                      * Price of rollback is that we abandon the log.
2929                      */
2930                     spa->spa_claiming = B_TRUE;
2931 
2932                     tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, spa_first_txg(spa));
2933                     (void) dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj,
2934                         zil_claim, tx, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
2935                     dmu_tx_commit(tx);
2936 
2937                     spa->spa_claiming = B_FALSE;
2938 
2939                     spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_GOOD);
2940                     spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
2941                     txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
2942 
2943                     /*
2944                      * Wait for all claims to sync.  We sync up to the highest
2945                      * claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks
2946                      * don't appear to be from the future.  spa_claim_max_txg
2947                      * will have been set for us by either zil_check_log_chain()
2948                      * (invoked from spa_check_logs()) or zil_claim() above.
2949                      */
2950                     txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, spa->spa_claim_max_txg);
2951 
2952                     /*
2953                      * If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized
2954                      * metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config.
2955                      *
2956                      * If this is a verbatim import, trust the current
2957                      * in-core spa_config and update the disk labels.
2958                      */
2959                     if (config_cache_txg != spa->spa_config_txg ||
2960                         state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
2961                         state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
2962                         (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM))
2963                               need_update = B_TRUE;
2964 
2965                     for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++)
2966                               if (rvd->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ms_array == 0)
2967                                         need_update = B_TRUE;
2968 
2969                     /*
2970                      * Update the config cache asychronously in case we're the
2971                      * root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet.
2972                      */
2973                     if (need_update)
2974                               spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
2975 
2976                     /*
2977                      * Check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering.
2978                      */
2979                     if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool) &&
2980                         vdev_resilver_needed(rvd, NULL, NULL))
2981                               spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER);
2982 
2983                     /*
2984                      * Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if
2985                      * we rebooted in the middle of an operation).
2986                      */
2987                     spa_history_log_version(spa, "open");
2988 
2989                     /*
2990                      * Delete any inconsistent datasets.
2991                      */
2992                     (void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa),
2993                         dsl_destroy_inconsistent, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
2994 
2995                     /*
2996                      * Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs.
2997                      */
2998                     dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
2999           }
3000 
3001           return (0);
3002 }
3003 
3004 static int
spa_load_retry(spa_t * spa,spa_load_state_t state,int mosconfig)3005 spa_load_retry(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, int mosconfig)
3006 {
3007           int mode = spa->spa_mode;
3008 
3009           spa_unload(spa);
3010           spa_deactivate(spa);
3011 
3012           spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg - 1;
3013 
3014           spa_activate(spa, mode);
3015           spa_async_suspend(spa);
3016 
3017           return (spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING, mosconfig));
3018 }
3019 
3020 /*
3021  * If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If
3022  * 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool
3023  * will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this
3024  * function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as
3025  * spa_load().
3026  */
3027 static int
spa_load_best(spa_t * spa,spa_load_state_t state,int mosconfig,uint64_t max_request,int rewind_flags)3028 spa_load_best(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, int mosconfig,
3029     uint64_t max_request, int rewind_flags)
3030 {
3031           nvlist_t *loadinfo = NULL;
3032           nvlist_t *config = NULL;
3033           int load_error, rewind_error;
3034           uint64_t safe_rewind_txg;
3035           uint64_t min_txg;
3036 
3037           if (spa->spa_load_txg && state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
3038                     spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_load_txg;
3039                     spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
3040           } else {
3041                     spa->spa_load_max_txg = max_request;
3042                     if (max_request != UINT64_MAX)
3043                               spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
3044           }
3045 
3046           load_error = rewind_error = spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING,
3047               mosconfig);
3048           if (load_error == 0)
3049                     return (0);
3050 
3051           if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL)
3052                     config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
3053 
3054           spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
3055           spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
3056 
3057           if (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND) {
3058                     nvlist_free(config);
3059                     return (load_error);
3060           }
3061 
3062           if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
3063                     /* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */
3064                     spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
3065           } else {
3066                     /*
3067                      * If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first
3068                      * import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting
3069                      * to rewind.
3070                      */
3071                     loadinfo = spa->spa_load_info;
3072                     spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
3073           }
3074 
3075           spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg;
3076           safe_rewind_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg - TXG_DEFER_SIZE;
3077           min_txg = (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND) ?
3078               TXG_INITIAL : safe_rewind_txg;
3079 
3080           /*
3081            * Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within
3082            * the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks
3083            */
3084           while (rewind_error && spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg >= min_txg &&
3085               spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg <= spa->spa_load_max_txg) {
3086                     if (spa->spa_load_max_txg < safe_rewind_txg)
3087                               spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
3088                     rewind_error = spa_load_retry(spa, state, mosconfig);
3089           }
3090 
3091           spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_FALSE;
3092           spa->spa_load_max_txg = UINT64_MAX;
3093 
3094           if (config && (rewind_error || state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER))
3095                     spa_config_set(spa, config);
3096 
3097           if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
3098                     ASSERT3P(loadinfo, ==, NULL);
3099                     return (rewind_error);
3100           } else {
3101                     /* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */
3102                     fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO,
3103                         spa->spa_load_info);
3104 
3105                     /* Restore the initial load info */
3106                     fnvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
3107                     spa->spa_load_info = loadinfo;
3108 
3109                     return (load_error);
3110           }
3111 }
3112 
3113 /*
3114  * Pool Open/Import
3115  *
3116  * The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent
3117  * down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache.  For the
3118  * case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the
3119  * POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state.
3120  *
3121  * The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at
3122  * the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some
3123  * ambiguous state.
3124  */
3125 static int
spa_open_common(const char * pool,spa_t ** spapp,void * tag,nvlist_t * nvpolicy,nvlist_t ** config)3126 spa_open_common(const char *pool, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *nvpolicy,
3127     nvlist_t **config)
3128 {
3129           spa_t *spa;
3130           spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_OPEN;
3131           int error;
3132           int locked = B_FALSE;
3133           int firstopen = B_FALSE;
3134 
3135           *spapp = NULL;
3136 
3137           /*
3138            * As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this
3139            * function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends
3140            * up calling spa_open() again.  The real fix is to figure out how to
3141            * avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place.
3142            */
3143           if (!mutex_owned(&spa_namespace_lock)) {
3144                     mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3145                     locked = B_TRUE;
3146           }
3147 
3148           if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
3149                     if (locked)
3150                               mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3151                     return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
3152           }
3153 
3154           if (spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
3155                     zpool_rewind_policy_t policy;
3156 
3157                     firstopen = B_TRUE;
3158 
3159                     zpool_get_rewind_policy(nvpolicy ? nvpolicy : spa->spa_config,
3160                         &policy);
3161                     if (policy.zrp_request & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
3162                               state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
3163 
3164                     spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
3165 
3166                     if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER)
3167                               spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
3168 
3169                     error = spa_load_best(spa, state, B_FALSE, policy.zrp_txg,
3170                         policy.zrp_request);
3171 
3172                     if (error == EBADF) {
3173                               /*
3174                                * If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by
3175                                * EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates
3176                                * that the pool has been exported or destroyed.  If
3177                                * this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and
3178                                * we should remove the pool from the namespace.
3179                                */
3180                               spa_unload(spa);
3181                               spa_deactivate(spa);
3182                               spa_config_sync(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
3183                               spa_remove(spa);
3184                               if (locked)
3185                                         mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3186                               return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
3187                     }
3188 
3189                     if (error) {
3190                               /*
3191                                * We can't open the pool, but we still have useful
3192                                * information: the state of each vdev after the
3193                                * attempted vdev_open().  Return this to the user.
3194                                */
3195                               if (config != NULL && spa->spa_config) {
3196                                         VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, config,
3197                                             KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3198                                         VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config,
3199                                             ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
3200                                             spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
3201                               }
3202                               spa_unload(spa);
3203                               spa_deactivate(spa);
3204                               spa->spa_last_open_failed = error;
3205                               if (locked)
3206                                         mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3207                               *spapp = NULL;
3208                               return (error);
3209                     }
3210           }
3211 
3212           spa_open_ref(spa, tag);
3213 
3214           if (config != NULL)
3215                     *config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
3216 
3217           /*
3218            * If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we
3219            * gathered while doing the load.
3220            */
3221           if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
3222                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
3223                         spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
3224           }
3225 
3226           if (locked) {
3227                     spa->spa_last_open_failed = 0;
3228                     spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = 0;
3229                     spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
3230                     mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3231 #if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__NetBSD__)
3232 #ifdef _KERNEL
3233                     if (firstopen)
3234                               zvol_create_minors(spa->spa_name);
3235 #endif
3236 #endif
3237           }
3238 
3239           *spapp = spa;
3240 
3241           return (0);
3242 }
3243 
3244 int
spa_open_rewind(const char * name,spa_t ** spapp,void * tag,nvlist_t * policy,nvlist_t ** config)3245 spa_open_rewind(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *policy,
3246     nvlist_t **config)
3247 {
3248           return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, policy, config));
3249 }
3250 
3251 int
spa_open(const char * name,spa_t ** spapp,void * tag)3252 spa_open(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag)
3253 {
3254           return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, NULL, NULL));
3255 }
3256 
3257 /*
3258  * Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process,
3259  * preventing it from being exported or destroyed.
3260  */
3261 spa_t *
spa_inject_addref(char * name)3262 spa_inject_addref(char *name)
3263 {
3264           spa_t *spa;
3265 
3266           mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3267           if ((spa = spa_lookup(name)) == NULL) {
3268                     mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3269                     return (NULL);
3270           }
3271           spa->spa_inject_ref++;
3272           mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3273 
3274           return (spa);
3275 }
3276 
3277 void
spa_inject_delref(spa_t * spa)3278 spa_inject_delref(spa_t *spa)
3279 {
3280           mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3281           spa->spa_inject_ref--;
3282           mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3283 }
3284 
3285 /*
3286  * Add spares device information to the nvlist.
3287  */
3288 static void
spa_add_spares(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * config)3289 spa_add_spares(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
3290 {
3291           nvlist_t **spares;
3292           uint_t i, nspares;
3293           nvlist_t *nvroot;
3294           uint64_t guid;
3295           vdev_stat_t *vs;
3296           uint_t vsc;
3297           uint64_t pool;
3298 
3299           ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
3300 
3301           if (spa->spa_spares.sav_count == 0)
3302                     return;
3303 
3304           VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
3305               ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0);
3306           VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
3307               ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
3308           if (nspares != 0) {
3309                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot,
3310                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
3311                     VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
3312                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
3313 
3314                     /*
3315                      * Go through and find any spares which have since been
3316                      * repurposed as an active spare.  If this is the case, update
3317                      * their status appropriately.
3318                      */
3319                     for (i = 0; i < nspares; i++) {
3320                               VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(spares[i],
3321                                   ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0);
3322                               if (spa_spare_exists(guid, &pool, NULL) &&
3323                                   pool != 0ULL) {
3324                                         VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(
3325                                             spares[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS,
3326                                             (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc) == 0);
3327                                         vs->vs_state = VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN;
3328                                         vs->vs_aux = VDEV_AUX_SPARED;
3329                               }
3330                     }
3331           }
3332 }
3333 
3334 /*
3335  * Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats.
3336  */
3337 static void
spa_add_l2cache(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * config)3338 spa_add_l2cache(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
3339 {
3340           nvlist_t **l2cache;
3341           uint_t i, j, nl2cache;
3342           nvlist_t *nvroot;
3343           uint64_t guid;
3344           vdev_t *vd;
3345           vdev_stat_t *vs;
3346           uint_t vsc;
3347 
3348           ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
3349 
3350           if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count == 0)
3351                     return;
3352 
3353           VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
3354               ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0);
3355           VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
3356               ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
3357           if (nl2cache != 0) {
3358                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot,
3359                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
3360                     VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
3361                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
3362 
3363                     /*
3364                      * Update level 2 cache device stats.
3365                      */
3366 
3367                     for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
3368                               VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i],
3369                                   ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0);
3370 
3371                               vd = NULL;
3372                               for (j = 0; j < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; j++) {
3373                                         if (guid ==
3374                                             spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j]->vdev_guid) {
3375                                                   vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j];
3376                                                   break;
3377                                         }
3378                               }
3379                               ASSERT(vd != NULL);
3380 
3381                               VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache[i],
3382                                   ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS, (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc)
3383                                   == 0);
3384                               vdev_get_stats(vd, vs);
3385                     }
3386           }
3387 }
3388 
3389 static void
spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * config)3390 spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
3391 {
3392           nvlist_t *features;
3393           zap_cursor_t zc;
3394           zap_attribute_t za;
3395 
3396           ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
3397           VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&features, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3398 
3399           /* We may be unable to read features if pool is suspended. */
3400           if (spa_suspended(spa))
3401                     goto out;
3402 
3403           if (spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj != 0) {
3404                     for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
3405                         spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj);
3406                         zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
3407                         zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
3408                               ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
3409                                   za.za_num_integers == 1);
3410                               VERIFY3U(0, ==, nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
3411                                   za.za_first_integer));
3412                     }
3413                     zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
3414           }
3415 
3416           if (spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj != 0) {
3417                     for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
3418                         spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj);
3419                         zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
3420                         zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
3421                               ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
3422                                   za.za_num_integers == 1);
3423                               VERIFY3U(0, ==, nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
3424                                   za.za_first_integer));
3425                     }
3426                     zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
3427           }
3428 
3429 out:
3430           VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS,
3431               features) == 0);
3432           nvlist_free(features);
3433 }
3434 
3435 int
spa_get_stats(const char * name,nvlist_t ** config,char * altroot,size_t buflen)3436 spa_get_stats(const char *name, nvlist_t **config,
3437     char *altroot, size_t buflen)
3438 {
3439           int error;
3440           spa_t *spa;
3441 
3442           *config = NULL;
3443           error = spa_open_common(name, &spa, FTAG, NULL, config);
3444 
3445           if (spa != NULL) {
3446                     /*
3447                      * This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares
3448                      * or l2cache devices could change and the config would be
3449                      * self-inconsistent.
3450                      */
3451                     spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
3452 
3453                     if (*config != NULL) {
3454                               uint64_t loadtimes[2];
3455 
3456                               loadtimes[0] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec;
3457                               loadtimes[1] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec;
3458                               VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(*config,
3459                                   ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME, loadtimes, 2) == 0);
3460 
3461                               VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
3462                                   ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT,
3463                                   spa_get_errlog_size(spa)) == 0);
3464 
3465                               if (spa_suspended(spa))
3466                                         VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
3467                                             ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED,
3468                                             spa->spa_failmode) == 0);
3469 
3470                               spa_add_spares(spa, *config);
3471                               spa_add_l2cache(spa, *config);
3472                               spa_add_feature_stats(spa, *config);
3473                     }
3474           }
3475 
3476           /*
3477            * We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat
3478            * and call spa_lookup() directly.
3479            */
3480           if (altroot) {
3481                     if (spa == NULL) {
3482                               mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3483                               spa = spa_lookup(name);
3484                               if (spa)
3485                                         spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
3486                               else
3487                                         altroot[0] = '\0';
3488                               spa = NULL;
3489                               mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3490                     } else {
3491                               spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
3492                     }
3493           }
3494 
3495           if (spa != NULL) {
3496                     spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
3497                     spa_close(spa, FTAG);
3498           }
3499 
3500           return (error);
3501 }
3502 
3503 /*
3504  * Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed.  We must have an
3505  * array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev.  If this is an
3506  * import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be
3507  * specified, as long as they are well-formed.
3508  */
3509 static int
spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvroot,uint64_t crtxg,int mode,spa_aux_vdev_t * sav,const char * config,uint64_t version,vdev_labeltype_t label)3510 spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode,
3511     spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, const char *config, uint64_t version,
3512     vdev_labeltype_t label)
3513 {
3514           nvlist_t **dev;
3515           uint_t i, ndev;
3516           vdev_t *vd;
3517           int error;
3518 
3519           ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
3520 
3521           /*
3522            * It's acceptable to have no devs specified.
3523            */
3524           if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, &dev, &ndev) != 0)
3525                     return (0);
3526 
3527           if (ndev == 0)
3528                     return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
3529 
3530           /*
3531            * Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this
3532            * device type.
3533            */
3534           if (spa_version(spa) < version)
3535                     return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
3536 
3537           /*
3538            * Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use
3539            * checking.
3540            */
3541           sav->sav_pending = dev;
3542           sav->sav_npending = ndev;
3543 
3544           for (i = 0; i < ndev; i++) {
3545                     if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, dev[i], NULL, 0,
3546                         mode)) != 0)
3547                               goto out;
3548 
3549                     if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
3550                               vdev_free(vd);
3551                               error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
3552                               goto out;
3553                     }
3554 
3555                     /*
3556                      * The L2ARC currently only supports disk devices in
3557                      * kernel context.  For user-level testing, we allow it.
3558                      */
3559 #ifdef _KERNEL
3560                     if ((strcmp(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE) == 0) &&
3561                         strcmp(vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_type, VDEV_TYPE_DISK) != 0) {
3562                               error = SET_ERROR(ENOTBLK);
3563                               vdev_free(vd);
3564                               goto out;
3565                     }
3566 #endif
3567                     vd->vdev_top = vd;
3568 
3569                     if ((error = vdev_open(vd)) == 0 &&
3570                         (error = vdev_label_init(vd, crtxg, label)) == 0) {
3571                               VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(dev[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
3572                                   vd->vdev_guid) == 0);
3573                     }
3574 
3575                     vdev_free(vd);
3576 
3577                     if (error &&
3578                         (mode != VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE && mode != VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE))
3579                               goto out;
3580                     else
3581                               error = 0;
3582           }
3583 
3584 out:
3585           sav->sav_pending = NULL;
3586           sav->sav_npending = 0;
3587           return (error);
3588 }
3589 
3590 static int
spa_validate_aux(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvroot,uint64_t crtxg,int mode)3591 spa_validate_aux(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode)
3592 {
3593           int error;
3594 
3595           ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
3596 
3597           if ((error = spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
3598               &spa->spa_spares, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, SPA_VERSION_SPARES,
3599               VDEV_LABEL_SPARE)) != 0) {
3600                     return (error);
3601           }
3602 
3603           return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
3604               &spa->spa_l2cache, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE,
3605               VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE));
3606 }
3607 
3608 static void
spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t * sav,nvlist_t ** devs,int ndevs,const char * config)3609 spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, nvlist_t **devs, int ndevs,
3610     const char *config)
3611 {
3612           int i;
3613 
3614           if (sav->sav_config != NULL) {
3615                     nvlist_t **olddevs;
3616                     uint_t oldndevs;
3617                     nvlist_t **newdevs;
3618 
3619                     /*
3620                      * Generate new dev list by concatentating with the
3621                      * current dev list.
3622                      */
3623                     VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
3624                         &olddevs, &oldndevs) == 0);
3625 
3626                     newdevs = kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) *
3627                         (ndevs + oldndevs), KM_SLEEP);
3628                     for (i = 0; i < oldndevs; i++)
3629                               VERIFY(nvlist_dup(olddevs[i], &newdevs[i],
3630                                   KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3631                     for (i = 0; i < ndevs; i++)
3632                               VERIFY(nvlist_dup(devs[i], &newdevs[i + oldndevs],
3633                                   KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3634 
3635                     VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, config,
3636                         DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
3637 
3638                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
3639                         config, newdevs, ndevs + oldndevs) == 0);
3640                     for (i = 0; i < oldndevs + ndevs; i++)
3641                               nvlist_free(newdevs[i]);
3642                     kmem_free(newdevs, (oldndevs + ndevs) * sizeof (void *));
3643           } else {
3644                     /*
3645                      * Generate a new dev list.
3646                      */
3647                     VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&sav->sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME,
3648                         KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3649                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
3650                         devs, ndevs) == 0);
3651           }
3652 }
3653 
3654 /*
3655  * Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices
3656  */
3657 void
spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t * spa)3658 spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t *spa)
3659 {
3660           vdev_t *vd;
3661           int i;
3662           spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
3663 
3664           for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
3665                     uint64_t pool;
3666 
3667                     vd = sav->sav_vdevs[i];
3668                     ASSERT(vd != NULL);
3669 
3670                     if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
3671                         pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
3672                               l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
3673           }
3674 }
3675 
3676 /*
3677  * Pool Creation
3678  */
3679 int
spa_create(const char * pool,nvlist_t * nvroot,nvlist_t * props,nvlist_t * zplprops)3680 spa_create(const char *pool, nvlist_t *nvroot, nvlist_t *props,
3681     nvlist_t *zplprops)
3682 {
3683           spa_t *spa;
3684           char *altroot = NULL;
3685           vdev_t *rvd;
3686           dsl_pool_t *dp;
3687           dmu_tx_t *tx;
3688           int error = 0;
3689           uint64_t txg = TXG_INITIAL;
3690           nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
3691           uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
3692           uint64_t version, obj;
3693           boolean_t has_features;
3694 
3695           /*
3696            * If this pool already exists, return failure.
3697            */
3698           mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3699           if (spa_lookup(pool) != NULL) {
3700                     mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3701                     return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
3702           }
3703 
3704           /*
3705            * Allocate a new spa_t structure.
3706            */
3707           (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
3708               zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
3709           spa = spa_add(pool, NULL, altroot);
3710           spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
3711 
3712           if (props && (error = spa_prop_validate(spa, props))) {
3713                     spa_deactivate(spa);
3714                     spa_remove(spa);
3715                     mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3716                     return (error);
3717           }
3718 
3719           has_features = B_FALSE;
3720           for (nvpair_t *elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, NULL);
3721               elem != NULL; elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) {
3722                     if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)))
3723                               has_features = B_TRUE;
3724           }
3725 
3726           if (has_features || nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
3727               zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION), &version) != 0) {
3728                     version = SPA_VERSION;
3729           }
3730           ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
3731 
3732           spa->spa_first_txg = txg;
3733           spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg = txg - 1;
3734           spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
3735           spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
3736           spa->spa_load_state = SPA_LOAD_CREATE;
3737 
3738           /*
3739            * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
3740            */
3741           spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *),
3742               KM_SLEEP);
3743           for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) {
3744                     spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
3745                         ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE |
3746                         ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
3747           }
3748 
3749           /*
3750            * Create the root vdev.
3751            */
3752           spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3753 
3754           error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvroot, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD);
3755 
3756           ASSERT(error != 0 || rvd != NULL);
3757           ASSERT(error != 0 || spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
3758 
3759           if (error == 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot))
3760                     error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
3761 
3762           if (error == 0 &&
3763               (error = vdev_create(rvd, txg, B_FALSE)) == 0 &&
3764               (error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg,
3765               VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) == 0) {
3766                     for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
3767                               vdev_ashift_optimize(rvd->vdev_child[c]);
3768                               vdev_metaslab_set_size(rvd->vdev_child[c]);
3769                               vdev_expand(rvd->vdev_child[c], txg);
3770                     }
3771           }
3772 
3773           spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3774 
3775           if (error != 0) {
3776                     spa_unload(spa);
3777                     spa_deactivate(spa);
3778                     spa_remove(spa);
3779                     mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3780                     return (error);
3781           }
3782 
3783           /*
3784            * Get the list of spares, if specified.
3785            */
3786           if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
3787               &spares, &nspares) == 0) {
3788                     VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME,
3789                         KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3790                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
3791                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
3792                     spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3793                     spa_load_spares(spa);
3794                     spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3795                     spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
3796           }
3797 
3798           /*
3799            * Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified.
3800            */
3801           if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
3802               &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
3803                     VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
3804                         NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3805                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
3806                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
3807                     spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3808                     spa_load_l2cache(spa);
3809                     spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3810                     spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
3811           }
3812 
3813           spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
3814           spa->spa_dsl_pool = dp = dsl_pool_create(spa, zplprops, txg);
3815           spa->spa_meta_objset = dp->dp_meta_objset;
3816           spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
3817 
3818           /*
3819            * Create DDTs (dedup tables).
3820            */
3821           ddt_create(spa);
3822 
3823           spa_update_dspace(spa);
3824 
3825           tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
3826 
3827           /*
3828            * Create the pool config object.
3829            */
3830           spa->spa_config_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3831               DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE,
3832               DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE, sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
3833 
3834           if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3835               DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CONFIG,
3836               sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_config_object, tx) != 0) {
3837                     cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool config");
3838           }
3839 
3840           if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES)
3841                     spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx);
3842 
3843           if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3844               DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
3845               sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version, tx) != 0) {
3846                     cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool version");
3847           }
3848 
3849           /* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */
3850           if (version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
3851                     spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
3852                     if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3853                         DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
3854                         sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx) != 0) {
3855                               cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add deflate");
3856                     }
3857           }
3858 
3859           /*
3860            * Create the deferred-free bpobj.  Turn off compression
3861            * because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize
3862            * keeps changing.
3863            */
3864           obj = bpobj_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset, 1 << 14, tx);
3865           dmu_object_set_compress(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj,
3866               ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF, tx);
3867           if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3868               DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ,
3869               sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj, tx) != 0) {
3870                     cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add bpobj");
3871           }
3872           VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
3873               spa->spa_meta_objset, obj));
3874 
3875           /*
3876            * Create the pool's history object.
3877            */
3878           if (version >= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY)
3879                     spa_history_create_obj(spa, tx);
3880 
3881           /*
3882            * Generate some random noise for salted checksums to operate on.
3883            */
3884           (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes,
3885               sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes));
3886 
3887           /*
3888            * Set pool properties.
3889            */
3890           spa->spa_bootfs = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
3891           spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
3892           spa->spa_failmode = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE);
3893           spa->spa_autoexpand = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND);
3894 
3895           if (props != NULL) {
3896                     spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
3897                     spa_sync_props(props, tx);
3898           }
3899 
3900           dmu_tx_commit(tx);
3901 
3902           spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
3903           txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
3904 
3905           /*
3906            * We explicitly wait for the first transaction to complete so that our
3907            * bean counters are appropriately updated.
3908            */
3909           txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, txg);
3910 
3911           spa_config_sync(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
3912           spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_CREATE);
3913 
3914           spa_history_log_version(spa, "create");
3915 
3916           /*
3917            * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
3918            * and are making their way through the eviction process.
3919            */
3920           spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
3921           spa->spa_minref = refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
3922           spa->spa_load_state = SPA_LOAD_NONE;
3923 
3924           mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3925 
3926           return (0);
3927 }
3928 
3929 #ifndef __NetBSD__
3930 #ifdef _KERNEL
3931 #ifdef illumos
3932 /*
3933  * Get the root pool information from the root disk, then import the root pool
3934  * during the system boot up time.
3935  */
3936 extern int vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(char *, char *, nvlist_t **);
3937 
3938 static nvlist_t *
spa_generate_rootconf(char * devpath,char * devid,uint64_t * guid)3939 spa_generate_rootconf(char *devpath, char *devid, uint64_t *guid)
3940 {
3941           nvlist_t *config;
3942           nvlist_t *nvtop, *nvroot;
3943           uint64_t pgid;
3944 
3945           if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(devpath, devid, &config) != 0)
3946                     return (NULL);
3947 
3948           /*
3949            * Add this top-level vdev to the child array.
3950            */
3951           VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
3952               &nvtop) == 0);
3953           VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
3954               &pgid) == 0);
3955           VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, guid) == 0);
3956 
3957           /*
3958            * Put this pool's top-level vdevs into a root vdev.
3959            */
3960           VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3961           VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
3962               VDEV_TYPE_ROOT) == 0);
3963           VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID, 0ULL) == 0);
3964           VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, pgid) == 0);
3965           VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
3966               &nvtop, 1) == 0);
3967 
3968           /*
3969            * Replace the existing vdev_tree with the new root vdev in
3970            * this pool's configuration (remove the old, add the new).
3971            */
3972           VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, nvroot) == 0);
3973           nvlist_free(nvroot);
3974           return (config);
3975 }
3976 
3977 /*
3978  * Walk the vdev tree and see if we can find a device with "better"
3979  * configuration. A configuration is "better" if the label on that
3980  * device has a more recent txg.
3981  */
3982 static void
spa_alt_rootvdev(vdev_t * vd,vdev_t ** avd,uint64_t * txg)3983 spa_alt_rootvdev(vdev_t *vd, vdev_t **avd, uint64_t *txg)
3984 {
3985           for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
3986                     spa_alt_rootvdev(vd->vdev_child[c], avd, txg);
3987 
3988           if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
3989                     nvlist_t *label;
3990                     uint64_t label_txg;
3991 
3992                     if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(vd->vdev_physpath, vd->vdev_devid,
3993                         &label) != 0)
3994                               return;
3995 
3996                     VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
3997                         &label_txg) == 0);
3998 
3999                     /*
4000                      * Do we have a better boot device?
4001                      */
4002                     if (label_txg > *txg) {
4003                               *txg = label_txg;
4004                               *avd = vd;
4005                     }
4006                     nvlist_free(label);
4007           }
4008 }
4009 
4010 /*
4011  * Import a root pool.
4012  *
4013  * For x86. devpath_list will consist of devid and/or physpath name of
4014  * the vdev (e.g. "id1,sd@SSEAGATE..." or "/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a").
4015  * The GRUB "findroot" command will return the vdev we should boot.
4016  *
4017  * For Sparc, devpath_list consists the physpath name of the booting device
4018  * no matter the rootpool is a single device pool or a mirrored pool.
4019  * e.g.
4020  *        "/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a"
4021  */
4022 int
spa_import_rootpool(char * devpath,char * devid)4023 spa_import_rootpool(char *devpath, char *devid)
4024 {
4025           spa_t *spa;
4026           vdev_t *rvd, *bvd, *avd = NULL;
4027           nvlist_t *config, *nvtop;
4028           uint64_t guid, txg;
4029           char *pname;
4030           int error;
4031 
4032           /*
4033            * Read the label from the boot device and generate a configuration.
4034            */
4035           config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid);
4036 #if defined(_OBP) && defined(_KERNEL)
4037           if (config == NULL) {
4038                     if (strstr(devpath, "/iscsi/ssd") != NULL) {
4039                               /* iscsi boot */
4040                               get_iscsi_bootpath_phy(devpath);
4041                               config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid);
4042                     }
4043           }
4044 #endif
4045           if (config == NULL) {
4046                     cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Cannot read the pool label from '%s'",
4047                         devpath);
4048                     return (SET_ERROR(EIO));
4049           }
4050 
4051           VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
4052               &pname) == 0);
4053           VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, &txg) == 0);
4054 
4055           mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4056           if ((spa = spa_lookup(pname)) != NULL) {
4057                     /*
4058                      * Remove the existing root pool from the namespace so that we
4059                      * can replace it with the correct config we just read in.
4060                      */
4061                     spa_remove(spa);
4062           }
4063 
4064           spa = spa_add(pname, config, NULL);
4065           spa->spa_is_root = B_TRUE;
4066           spa->spa_import_flags = ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM;
4067 
4068           /*
4069            * Build up a vdev tree based on the boot device's label config.
4070            */
4071           VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
4072               &nvtop) == 0);
4073           spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4074           error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtop, NULL, 0,
4075               VDEV_ALLOC_ROOTPOOL);
4076           spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4077           if (error) {
4078                     mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4079                     nvlist_free(config);
4080                     cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not parse the config for pool '%s'",
4081                         pname);
4082                     return (error);
4083           }
4084 
4085           /*
4086            * Get the boot vdev.
4087            */
4088           if ((bvd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(rvd, guid)) == NULL) {
4089                     cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not find the boot vdev for guid %llu",
4090                         (u_longlong_t)guid);
4091                     error = SET_ERROR(ENOENT);
4092                     goto out;
4093           }
4094 
4095           /*
4096            * Determine if there is a better boot device.
4097            */
4098           avd = bvd;
4099           spa_alt_rootvdev(rvd, &avd, &txg);
4100           if (avd != bvd) {
4101                     cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is 'degraded'. Please "
4102                         "try booting from '%s'", avd->vdev_path);
4103                     error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
4104                     goto out;
4105           }
4106 
4107           /*
4108            * If the boot device is part of a spare vdev then ensure that
4109            * we're booting off the active spare.
4110            */
4111           if (bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
4112               !bvd->vdev_isspare) {
4113                     cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is currently spared. Please "
4114                         "try booting from '%s'",
4115                         bvd->vdev_parent->
4116                         vdev_child[bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_path);
4117                     error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
4118                     goto out;
4119           }
4120 
4121           error = 0;
4122 out:
4123           spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4124           vdev_free(rvd);
4125           spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4126           mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4127 
4128           nvlist_free(config);
4129           return (error);
4130 }
4131 
4132 #else     /* !illumos */
4133 
4134 extern int vdev_geom_read_pool_label(const char *name, nvlist_t ***configs,
4135     uint64_t *count);
4136 
4137 static nvlist_t *
spa_generate_rootconf(const char * name)4138 spa_generate_rootconf(const char *name)
4139 {
4140           nvlist_t **configs, **tops;
4141           nvlist_t *config;
4142           nvlist_t *best_cfg, *nvtop, *nvroot;
4143           uint64_t *holes;
4144           uint64_t best_txg;
4145           uint64_t nchildren;
4146           uint64_t pgid;
4147           uint64_t count;
4148           uint64_t i;
4149           uint_t   nholes;
4150 
4151           if (vdev_geom_read_pool_label(name, &configs, &count) != 0)
4152                     return (NULL);
4153 
4154           ASSERT3U(count, !=, 0);
4155           best_txg = 0;
4156           for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
4157                     uint64_t txg;
4158 
4159                     VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(configs[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
4160                         &txg) == 0);
4161                     if (txg > best_txg) {
4162                               best_txg = txg;
4163                               best_cfg = configs[i];
4164                     }
4165           }
4166 
4167           nchildren = 1;
4168           nvlist_lookup_uint64(best_cfg, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_CHILDREN, &nchildren);
4169           holes = NULL;
4170           nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(best_cfg, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOLE_ARRAY,
4171               &holes, &nholes);
4172 
4173           tops = kmem_zalloc(nchildren * sizeof(void *), KM_SLEEP);
4174           for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++) {
4175                     if (i >= count)
4176                               break;
4177                     if (configs[i] == NULL)
4178                               continue;
4179                     VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(configs[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
4180                         &nvtop) == 0);
4181                     nvlist_dup(nvtop, &tops[i], KM_SLEEP);
4182           }
4183           for (i = 0; holes != NULL && i < nholes; i++) {
4184                     if (i >= nchildren)
4185                               continue;
4186                     if (tops[holes[i]] != NULL)
4187                               continue;
4188                     nvlist_alloc(&tops[holes[i]], NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP);
4189                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(tops[holes[i]], ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
4190                         VDEV_TYPE_HOLE) == 0);
4191                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[holes[i]], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID,
4192                         holes[i]) == 0);
4193                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[holes[i]], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
4194                         0) == 0);
4195           }
4196           for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++) {
4197                     if (tops[i] != NULL)
4198                               continue;
4199                     nvlist_alloc(&tops[i], NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP);
4200                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(tops[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
4201                         VDEV_TYPE_MISSING) == 0);
4202                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID,
4203                         i) == 0);
4204                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
4205                         0) == 0);
4206           }
4207 
4208           /*
4209            * Create pool config based on the best vdev config.
4210            */
4211           nvlist_dup(best_cfg, &config, KM_SLEEP);
4212 
4213           /*
4214            * Put this pool's top-level vdevs into a root vdev.
4215            */
4216           VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
4217               &pgid) == 0);
4218           VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4219           VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
4220               VDEV_TYPE_ROOT) == 0);
4221           VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID, 0ULL) == 0);
4222           VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, pgid) == 0);
4223           VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
4224               tops, nchildren) == 0);
4225 
4226           /*
4227            * Replace the existing vdev_tree with the new root vdev in
4228            * this pool's configuration (remove the old, add the new).
4229            */
4230           VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, nvroot) == 0);
4231 
4232           /*
4233            * Drop vdev config elements that should not be present at pool level.
4234            */
4235           nvlist_remove(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, DATA_TYPE_UINT64);
4236           nvlist_remove(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TOP_GUID, DATA_TYPE_UINT64);
4237 
4238           for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
4239                     nvlist_free(configs[i]);
4240           kmem_free(configs, count * sizeof(void *));
4241           for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++)
4242                     nvlist_free(tops[i]);
4243           kmem_free(tops, nchildren * sizeof(void *));
4244           nvlist_free(nvroot);
4245           return (config);
4246 }
4247 
4248 int
spa_import_rootpool(const char * name)4249 spa_import_rootpool(const char *name)
4250 {
4251           spa_t *spa;
4252           vdev_t *rvd, *bvd, *avd = NULL;
4253           nvlist_t *config, *nvtop;
4254           uint64_t txg;
4255           char *pname;
4256           int error;
4257 
4258           /*
4259            * Read the label from the boot device and generate a configuration.
4260            */
4261           config = spa_generate_rootconf(name);
4262 
4263           mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4264           if (config != NULL) {
4265                     VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
4266                         &pname) == 0 && strcmp(name, pname) == 0);
4267                     VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, &txg)
4268                         == 0);
4269 
4270                     if ((spa = spa_lookup(pname)) != NULL) {
4271                               /*
4272                                * Remove the existing root pool from the namespace so
4273                                * that we can replace it with the correct config
4274                                * we just read in.
4275                                */
4276                               spa_remove(spa);
4277                     }
4278                     spa = spa_add(pname, config, NULL);
4279 
4280                     /*
4281                      * Set spa_ubsync.ub_version as it can be used in vdev_alloc()
4282                      * via spa_version().
4283                      */
4284                     if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
4285                         &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
4286                               spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
4287           } else if ((spa = spa_lookup(name)) == NULL) {
4288                     mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4289                     nvlist_free(config);
4290                     cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Cannot find the pool label for '%s'",
4291                         name);
4292                     return (EIO);
4293           } else {
4294                     VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, &config, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4295           }
4296           spa->spa_is_root = B_TRUE;
4297           spa->spa_import_flags = ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM;
4298 
4299           /*
4300            * Build up a vdev tree based on the boot device's label config.
4301            */
4302           VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
4303               &nvtop) == 0);
4304           spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4305           error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtop, NULL, 0,
4306               VDEV_ALLOC_ROOTPOOL);
4307           spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4308           if (error) {
4309                     mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4310                     nvlist_free(config);
4311                     cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not parse the config for pool '%s'",
4312                         pname);
4313                     return (error);
4314           }
4315 
4316           spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4317           vdev_free(rvd);
4318           spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4319           mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4320 
4321           nvlist_free(config);
4322           return (0);
4323 }
4324 
4325 #endif    /* illumos */
4326 #endif    /* _KERNEL */
4327 #endif    /* !__NetBSD__ */
4328 
4329 /*
4330  * Import a non-root pool into the system.
4331  */
4332 int
spa_import(const char * pool,nvlist_t * config,nvlist_t * props,uint64_t flags)4333 spa_import(const char *pool, nvlist_t *config, nvlist_t *props, uint64_t flags)
4334 {
4335           spa_t *spa;
4336           char *altroot = NULL;
4337           spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_IMPORT;
4338           zpool_rewind_policy_t policy;
4339           uint64_t mode = spa_mode_global;
4340           uint64_t readonly = B_FALSE;
4341           int error;
4342           nvlist_t *nvroot;
4343           nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
4344           uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
4345 
4346           /*
4347            * If a pool with this name exists, return failure.
4348            */
4349           mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4350           if (spa_lookup(pool) != NULL) {
4351                     mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4352                     return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
4353           }
4354 
4355           /*
4356            * Create and initialize the spa structure.
4357            */
4358           (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
4359               zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
4360           (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
4361               zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY), &readonly);
4362           if (readonly)
4363                     mode = FREAD;
4364           spa = spa_add(pool, config, altroot);
4365           spa->spa_import_flags = flags;
4366 
4367           /*
4368            * Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace
4369            * as if it had been loaded at boot.
4370            */
4371           if (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM) {
4372                     if (props != NULL)
4373                               spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
4374 
4375                     spa_config_sync(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
4376                     spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT);
4377 
4378                     mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4379                     return (0);
4380           }
4381 
4382           spa_activate(spa, mode);
4383 
4384           /*
4385            * Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy.
4386            */
4387           spa_async_suspend(spa);
4388 
4389           zpool_get_rewind_policy(config, &policy);
4390           if (policy.zrp_request & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
4391                     state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
4392 
4393           /*
4394            * Pass off the heavy lifting to spa_load().  Pass TRUE for mosconfig
4395            * because the user-supplied config is actually the one to trust when
4396            * doing an import.
4397            */
4398           if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER)
4399                     spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
4400 
4401           error = spa_load_best(spa, state, B_TRUE, policy.zrp_txg,
4402               policy.zrp_request);
4403 
4404           /*
4405            * Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it
4406            * back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc).
4407            */
4408           VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
4409               spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
4410 
4411           spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4412           /*
4413            * Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity
4414            * anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare().
4415            */
4416           if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
4417                     nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
4418                     spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
4419                     spa_load_spares(spa);
4420           }
4421           if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
4422                     nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
4423                     spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
4424                     spa_load_l2cache(spa);
4425           }
4426 
4427           VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
4428               &nvroot) == 0);
4429           if (error == 0)
4430                     error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL,
4431                         VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE);
4432           if (error == 0)
4433                     error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL,
4434                         VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE);
4435           spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4436 
4437           if (props != NULL)
4438                     spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
4439 
4440           if (error != 0 || (props && spa_writeable(spa) &&
4441               (error = spa_prop_set(spa, props)))) {
4442                     spa_unload(spa);
4443                     spa_deactivate(spa);
4444                     spa_remove(spa);
4445                     mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4446                     return (error);
4447           }
4448 
4449           spa_async_resume(spa);
4450 
4451           /*
4452            * Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by
4453            * the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc.
4454            */
4455           if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
4456               &spares, &nspares) == 0) {
4457                     if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config)
4458                               VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
4459                                   ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
4460                     else
4461                               VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
4462                                   NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4463                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
4464                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
4465                     spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4466                     spa_load_spares(spa);
4467                     spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4468                     spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4469           }
4470           if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
4471               &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
4472                     if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config)
4473                               VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
4474                                   ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
4475                     else
4476                               VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
4477                                   NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4478                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
4479                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
4480                     spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4481                     spa_load_l2cache(spa);
4482                     spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4483                     spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4484           }
4485 
4486           /*
4487            * Check for any removed devices.
4488            */
4489           if (spa->spa_autoreplace) {
4490                     spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
4491                     spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
4492           }
4493 
4494           if (spa_writeable(spa)) {
4495                     /*
4496                      * Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool.
4497                      */
4498                     spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
4499           }
4500 
4501           /*
4502            * It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported.
4503            * We kick off an async task to handle this for us.
4504            */
4505           spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
4506 
4507           spa_history_log_version(spa, "import");
4508 
4509           spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT);
4510 
4511           mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4512 
4513 #if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__NetBSD__)
4514 #ifdef _KERNEL
4515           zvol_create_minors(pool);
4516 #endif
4517 #endif
4518           return (0);
4519 }
4520 
4521 nvlist_t *
spa_tryimport(nvlist_t * tryconfig)4522 spa_tryimport(nvlist_t *tryconfig)
4523 {
4524           nvlist_t *config = NULL;
4525           char *poolname;
4526           spa_t *spa;
4527           uint64_t state;
4528           int error;
4529 
4530           if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, &poolname))
4531                     return (NULL);
4532 
4533           if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, &state))
4534                     return (NULL);
4535 
4536           /*
4537            * Create and initialize the spa structure.
4538            */
4539           mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4540           spa = spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME, tryconfig, NULL);
4541           spa_activate(spa, FREAD);
4542 
4543           /*
4544            * Pass off the heavy lifting to spa_load().
4545            * Pass TRUE for mosconfig because the user-supplied config
4546            * is actually the one to trust when doing an import.
4547            */
4548           error = spa_load(spa, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING, B_TRUE);
4549 
4550           /*
4551            * If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config.
4552            */
4553           if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
4554                     config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
4555                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
4556                         poolname) == 0);
4557                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
4558                         state) == 0);
4559                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP,
4560                         spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp) == 0);
4561                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
4562                         spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
4563 
4564                     /*
4565                      * If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we
4566                      * copy it out so that external consumers can tell which
4567                      * pools are bootable.
4568                      */
4569                     if ((!error || error == EEXIST) && spa->spa_bootfs) {
4570                               char *tmpname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
4571 
4572                               /*
4573                                * We have to play games with the name since the
4574                                * pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME.
4575                                */
4576                               if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa),
4577                                   spa->spa_bootfs, tmpname) == 0) {
4578                                         char *cp;
4579                                         char *dsname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
4580 
4581                                         cp = strchr(tmpname, '/');
4582                                         if (cp == NULL) {
4583                                                   (void) strlcpy(dsname, tmpname,
4584                                                       MAXPATHLEN);
4585                                         } else {
4586                                                   (void) snprintf(dsname, MAXPATHLEN,
4587                                                       "%s/%s", poolname, ++cp);
4588                                         }
4589                                         VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config,
4590                                             ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS, dsname) == 0);
4591                                         kmem_free(dsname, MAXPATHLEN);
4592                               }
4593                               kmem_free(tmpname, MAXPATHLEN);
4594                     }
4595 
4596                     /*
4597                      * Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices.
4598                      */
4599                     spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
4600                     spa_add_spares(spa, config);
4601                     spa_add_l2cache(spa, config);
4602                     spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
4603           }
4604 
4605           spa_unload(spa);
4606           spa_deactivate(spa);
4607           spa_remove(spa);
4608           mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4609 
4610           return (config);
4611 }
4612 
4613 /*
4614  * Pool export/destroy
4615  *
4616  * The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple.  We make sure there
4617  * is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone.  Then, we
4618  * update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the
4619  * configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then
4620  * we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache.
4621  */
4622 static int
spa_export_common(char * pool,int new_state,nvlist_t ** oldconfig,boolean_t force,boolean_t hardforce)4623 spa_export_common(char *pool, int new_state, nvlist_t **oldconfig,
4624     boolean_t force, boolean_t hardforce)
4625 {
4626           spa_t *spa;
4627 
4628           if (oldconfig)
4629                     *oldconfig = NULL;
4630 
4631           if (!(spa_mode_global & FWRITE))
4632                     return (SET_ERROR(EROFS));
4633 
4634           mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4635           if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
4636                     mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4637                     return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
4638           }
4639 
4640           /*
4641            * Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks,
4642            * reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export.
4643            */
4644           spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
4645           mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4646           spa_async_suspend(spa);
4647           mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4648           spa_close(spa, FTAG);
4649 
4650           /*
4651            * The pool will be in core if it's openable,
4652            * in which case we can modify its state.
4653            */
4654           if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && spa->spa_sync_on) {
4655                     /*
4656                      * Objsets may be open only because they're dirty, so we
4657                      * have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt.
4658                      */
4659                     txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
4660                     spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
4661 
4662                     /*
4663                      * A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active
4664                      * references.  If we are resetting a pool, allow references by
4665                      * fault injection handlers.
4666                      */
4667                     if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa) ||
4668                         (spa->spa_inject_ref != 0 &&
4669                         new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED)) {
4670                               spa_async_resume(spa);
4671                               mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4672                               return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
4673                     }
4674 
4675                     /*
4676                      * A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare.
4677                      * This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare
4678                      * from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can
4679                      * be forcedly exported.
4680                      */
4681                     if (!force && new_state == POOL_STATE_EXPORTED &&
4682                         spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa)) {
4683                               spa_async_resume(spa);
4684                               mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4685                               return (SET_ERROR(EXDEV));
4686                     }
4687 
4688                     /*
4689                      * We want this to be reflected on every label,
4690                      * so mark them all dirty.  spa_unload() will do the
4691                      * final sync that pushes these changes out.
4692                      */
4693                     if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && !hardforce) {
4694                               spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4695                               spa->spa_state = new_state;
4696                               spa->spa_final_txg = spa_last_synced_txg(spa) +
4697                                   TXG_DEFER_SIZE + 1;
4698                               vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
4699                               spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4700                     }
4701           }
4702 
4703           spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY);
4704 
4705           if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
4706                     spa_unload(spa);
4707                     spa_deactivate(spa);
4708           }
4709 
4710           if (oldconfig && spa->spa_config)
4711                     VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, oldconfig, 0) == 0);
4712 
4713           if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
4714                     if (!hardforce)
4715                               spa_config_sync(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
4716                     spa_remove(spa);
4717           }
4718           mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4719 
4720           return (0);
4721 }
4722 
4723 /*
4724  * Destroy a storage pool.
4725  */
4726 int
spa_destroy(char * pool)4727 spa_destroy(char *pool)
4728 {
4729           return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED, NULL,
4730               B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
4731 }
4732 
4733 /*
4734  * Export a storage pool.
4735  */
4736 int
spa_export(char * pool,nvlist_t ** oldconfig,boolean_t force,boolean_t hardforce)4737 spa_export(char *pool, nvlist_t **oldconfig, boolean_t force,
4738     boolean_t hardforce)
4739 {
4740           return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, oldconfig,
4741               force, hardforce));
4742 }
4743 
4744 /*
4745  * Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it
4746  * from the namespace in any way.
4747  */
4748 int
spa_reset(char * pool)4749 spa_reset(char *pool)
4750 {
4751           return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED, NULL,
4752               B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
4753 }
4754 
4755 /*
4756  * ==========================================================================
4757  * Device manipulation
4758  * ==========================================================================
4759  */
4760 
4761 /*
4762  * Add a device to a storage pool.
4763  */
4764 int
spa_vdev_add(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvroot)4765 spa_vdev_add(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot)
4766 {
4767           uint64_t txg, id;
4768           int error;
4769           vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4770           vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
4771           nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
4772           uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
4773 
4774           ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
4775 
4776           txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
4777 
4778           if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
4779               VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
4780                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
4781 
4782           spa->spa_pending_vdev = vd;   /* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */
4783 
4784           if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares,
4785               &nspares) != 0)
4786                     nspares = 0;
4787 
4788           if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache,
4789               &nl2cache) != 0)
4790                     nl2cache = 0;
4791 
4792           if (vd->vdev_children == 0 && nspares == 0 && nl2cache == 0)
4793                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
4794 
4795           if (vd->vdev_children != 0 &&
4796               (error = vdev_create(vd, txg, B_FALSE)) != 0)
4797                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
4798 
4799           /*
4800            * We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the
4801            * children.  Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare.
4802            */
4803           if ((error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
4804                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
4805 
4806           /*
4807            * Transfer each new top-level vdev from vd to rvd.
4808            */
4809           for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
4810 
4811                     /*
4812                      * Set the vdev id to the first hole, if one exists.
4813                      */
4814                     for (id = 0; id < rvd->vdev_children; id++) {
4815                               if (rvd->vdev_child[id]->vdev_ishole) {
4816                                         vdev_free(rvd->vdev_child[id]);
4817                                         break;
4818                               }
4819                     }
4820                     tvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
4821                     vdev_remove_child(vd, tvd);
4822                     tvd->vdev_id = id;
4823                     vdev_add_child(rvd, tvd);
4824                     vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
4825           }
4826 
4827           if (nspares != 0) {
4828                     spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_spares, spares, nspares,
4829                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES);
4830                     spa_load_spares(spa);
4831                     spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4832           }
4833 
4834           if (nl2cache != 0) {
4835                     spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_l2cache, l2cache, nl2cache,
4836                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
4837                     spa_load_l2cache(spa);
4838                     spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4839           }
4840 
4841           /*
4842            * We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool.
4843            * If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we
4844            * sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may
4845            * fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache
4846            * can't translate.  Therefore, we first add the vdevs without
4847            * initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit());
4848            * and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs.
4849            *
4850            * spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that
4851            * if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining
4852            * steps will be completed the next time we load the pool.
4853            */
4854           (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
4855 
4856           mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4857           spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
4858           spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ADD);
4859           mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4860 
4861           return (0);
4862 }
4863 
4864 /*
4865  * Attach a device to a mirror.  The arguments are the path to any device
4866  * in the mirror, and the nvroot for the new device.  If the path specifies
4867  * a device that is not mirrored, we automatically insert the mirror vdev.
4868  *
4869  * If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the
4870  * existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own
4871  * mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to
4872  * the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few
4873  * extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon
4874  * completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced)
4875  * is automatically detached.
4876  */
4877 int
spa_vdev_attach(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid,nvlist_t * nvroot,int replacing)4878 spa_vdev_attach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, nvlist_t *nvroot, int replacing)
4879 {
4880           uint64_t txg, dtl_max_txg;
4881           vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4882           vdev_t *oldvd, *newvd, *newrootvd, *pvd, *tvd;
4883           vdev_ops_t *pvops;
4884           char *oldvdpath, *newvdpath;
4885           int newvd_isspare;
4886           int error;
4887 
4888           ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
4889 
4890           txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
4891 
4892           oldvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
4893 
4894           if (oldvd == NULL)
4895                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
4896 
4897           if (!oldvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
4898                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
4899 
4900           pvd = oldvd->vdev_parent;
4901 
4902           if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &newrootvd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
4903               VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH)) != 0)
4904                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
4905 
4906           if (newrootvd->vdev_children != 1)
4907                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
4908 
4909           newvd = newrootvd->vdev_child[0];
4910 
4911           if (!newvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
4912                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
4913 
4914           if ((error = vdev_create(newrootvd, txg, replacing)) != 0)
4915                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, error));
4916 
4917           /*
4918            * Spares can't replace logs
4919            */
4920           if (oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_islog && newvd->vdev_isspare)
4921                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4922 
4923           if (!replacing) {
4924                     /*
4925                      * For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or the root
4926                      * vdev.
4927                      */
4928                     if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
4929                         pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_root_ops)
4930                               return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4931 
4932                     pvops = &vdev_mirror_ops;
4933           } else {
4934                     /*
4935                      * Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot
4936                      * spares.
4937                      */
4938                     if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
4939                         oldvd->vdev_isspare &&
4940                         !spa_has_spare(spa, newvd->vdev_guid))
4941                               return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4942 
4943                     /*
4944                      * If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a
4945                      * spare, then we want to create a new hot spare.  Otherwise, we
4946                      * want to create a replacing vdev.  The user is not allowed to
4947                      * attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is
4948                      * the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces
4949                      * non-spare).
4950                      */
4951                     if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops &&
4952                         spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE) {
4953                               return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4954                     } else if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
4955                         newvd->vdev_isspare != oldvd->vdev_isspare) {
4956                               return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4957                     }
4958 
4959                     if (newvd->vdev_isspare)
4960                               pvops = &vdev_spare_ops;
4961                     else
4962                               pvops = &vdev_replacing_ops;
4963           }
4964 
4965           /*
4966            * Make sure the new device is big enough.
4967            */
4968           if (newvd->vdev_asize < vdev_get_min_asize(oldvd))
4969                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EOVERFLOW));
4970 
4971           /*
4972            * The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement
4973            * than the top-level vdev.
4974            */
4975           if (newvd->vdev_ashift > oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_ashift)
4976                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EDOM));
4977 
4978           /*
4979            * If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid
4980            * to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on.
4981            */
4982           if (strcmp(oldvd->vdev_path, newvd->vdev_path) == 0) {
4983                     spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_path);
4984                     oldvd->vdev_path = kmem_alloc(strlen(newvd->vdev_path) + 5,
4985                         KM_SLEEP);
4986                     (void) sprintf(oldvd->vdev_path, "%s/%s",
4987                         newvd->vdev_path, "old");
4988                     if (oldvd->vdev_devid != NULL) {
4989                               spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_devid);
4990                               oldvd->vdev_devid = NULL;
4991                     }
4992           }
4993 
4994           /* mark the device being resilvered */
4995           newvd->vdev_resilver_txg = txg;
4996 
4997           /*
4998            * If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new
4999            * mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd.
5000            */
5001           if (pvd->vdev_ops != pvops)
5002                     pvd = vdev_add_parent(oldvd, pvops);
5003 
5004           ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top->vdev_parent == rvd);
5005           ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == pvops);
5006           ASSERT(oldvd->vdev_parent == pvd);
5007 
5008           /*
5009            * Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd.
5010            */
5011           vdev_remove_child(newrootvd, newvd);
5012           newvd->vdev_id = pvd->vdev_children;
5013           newvd->vdev_crtxg = oldvd->vdev_crtxg;
5014           vdev_add_child(pvd, newvd);
5015 
5016           tvd = newvd->vdev_top;
5017           ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top == tvd);
5018           ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
5019 
5020           vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
5021 
5022           /*
5023            * Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account
5024            * for any dmu_sync-ed blocks.  It will propagate upward when
5025            * spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess().
5026            */
5027           dtl_max_txg = txg + TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES;
5028 
5029           vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd, DTL_MISSING, TXG_INITIAL,
5030               dtl_max_txg - TXG_INITIAL);
5031 
5032           if (newvd->vdev_isspare) {
5033                     spa_spare_activate(newvd);
5034                     spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE);
5035           }
5036 
5037           oldvdpath = spa_strdup(oldvd->vdev_path);
5038           newvdpath = spa_strdup(newvd->vdev_path);
5039           newvd_isspare = newvd->vdev_isspare;
5040 
5041           /*
5042            * Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg.
5043            */
5044           vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, newvd, txg);
5045 
5046           /*
5047            * Schedule the resilver to restart in the future. We do this to
5048            * ensure that dmu_sync-ed blocks have been stitched into the
5049            * respective datasets.
5050            */
5051           dsl_resilver_restart(spa->spa_dsl_pool, dtl_max_txg);
5052 
5053           if (spa->spa_bootfs)
5054                     spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
5055 
5056           spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
5057 
5058           /*
5059            * Commit the config
5060            */
5061           (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, dtl_max_txg, 0);
5062 
5063           spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev attach", NULL,
5064               "%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s",
5065               replacing && newvd_isspare ? "spare in" :
5066               replacing ? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath,
5067               replacing ? "for" : "to", oldvdpath);
5068 
5069           spa_strfree(oldvdpath);
5070           spa_strfree(newvdpath);
5071 
5072           return (0);
5073 }
5074 
5075 /*
5076  * Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev.
5077  *
5078  * If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent
5079  * is a replacing vdev.
5080  */
5081 int
spa_vdev_detach(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid,uint64_t pguid,int replace_done)5082 spa_vdev_detach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t pguid, int replace_done)
5083 {
5084           uint64_t txg;
5085           int error;
5086           vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
5087           vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *cvd, *tvd;
5088           boolean_t unspare = B_FALSE;
5089           uint64_t unspare_guid = 0;
5090           char *vdpath;
5091 
5092           ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
5093 
5094           txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
5095 
5096           vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
5097 
5098           if (vd == NULL)
5099                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
5100 
5101           if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
5102                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
5103 
5104           pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
5105 
5106           /*
5107            * If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it.
5108            * Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing
5109            * vdev that's replacing B with C.  The user's intent in replacing
5110            * is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C).  If the user decides to cancel
5111            * the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up
5112            * M(A,B).  But suppose that right after deciding to detach C,
5113            * the replacement of B completes.  We would have M(A,C), and then
5114            * ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what
5115            * the user wanted.  To prevent this, we make sure that the
5116            * parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example,
5117            * that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R.
5118            */
5119           if (pvd->vdev_guid != pguid && pguid != 0)
5120                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
5121 
5122           /*
5123            * Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced.
5124            */
5125           if (replace_done && pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
5126               pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
5127                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
5128 
5129           ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops ||
5130               spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
5131 
5132           /*
5133            * Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach.
5134            */
5135           if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
5136               pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
5137               pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
5138                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
5139 
5140           /*
5141            * If this device has the only valid copy of some data,
5142            * we cannot safely detach it.
5143            */
5144           if (vdev_dtl_required(vd))
5145                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
5146 
5147           ASSERT(pvd->vdev_children >= 2);
5148 
5149           /*
5150            * If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then
5151            * check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old"
5152            * at the end in spa_vdev_attach().  If so, undo that change now.
5153            */
5154           if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops && vd->vdev_id > 0 &&
5155               vd->vdev_path != NULL) {
5156                     size_t len = strlen(vd->vdev_path);
5157 
5158                     for (int c = 0; c < pvd->vdev_children; c++) {
5159                               cvd = pvd->vdev_child[c];
5160 
5161                               if (cvd == vd || cvd->vdev_path == NULL)
5162                                         continue;
5163 
5164                               if (strncmp(cvd->vdev_path, vd->vdev_path, len) == 0 &&
5165                                   strcmp(cvd->vdev_path + len, "/old") == 0) {
5166                                         spa_strfree(cvd->vdev_path);
5167                                         cvd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path);
5168                                         break;
5169                               }
5170                     }
5171           }
5172 
5173           /*
5174            * If we are detaching the original disk from a spare, then it implies
5175            * that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed from the
5176            * active spare list for the pool.
5177            */
5178           if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
5179               vd->vdev_id == 0 &&
5180               pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_isspare)
5181                     unspare = B_TRUE;
5182 
5183           /*
5184            * Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things.
5185            * This must be done after all other error cases are handled,
5186            * but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it).
5187            * But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal --
5188            * it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason
5189            * it's being detached!
5190            */
5191           error = vdev_label_init(vd, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE);
5192 
5193           /*
5194            * Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children.
5195            */
5196           vdev_remove_child(pvd, vd);
5197           vdev_compact_children(pvd);
5198 
5199           /*
5200            * Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below.
5201            */
5202           cvd = pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1];
5203 
5204           /*
5205            * If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares,
5206            * do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process.
5207            * We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can
5208            * change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID.  For a similar
5209            * reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach;
5210            * otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and
5211            * the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail.
5212            */
5213           if (unspare) {
5214                     ASSERT(cvd->vdev_isspare);
5215                     spa_spare_remove(cvd);
5216                     unspare_guid = cvd->vdev_guid;
5217                     (void) spa_vdev_remove(spa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
5218                     cvd->vdev_unspare = B_TRUE;
5219           }
5220 
5221           /*
5222            * If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child,
5223            * the parent is no longer needed.  Remove it from the tree.
5224            */
5225           if (pvd->vdev_children == 1) {
5226                     if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops)
5227                               cvd->vdev_unspare = B_FALSE;
5228                     vdev_remove_parent(cvd);
5229           }
5230 
5231 
5232           /*
5233            * We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed
5234            * may have been the previous top-level vdev.
5235            */
5236           tvd = cvd->vdev_top;
5237           ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
5238 
5239           /*
5240            * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
5241            */
5242           vdev_propagate_state(cvd);
5243 
5244           /*
5245            * If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically
5246            * try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we
5247            * just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to
5248            * add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev
5249            * first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs.
5250            */
5251           if (spa->spa_autoexpand) {
5252                     vdev_reopen(tvd);
5253                     vdev_expand(tvd, txg);
5254           }
5255 
5256           vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
5257 
5258           /*
5259            * Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg.  vdev_dtl_sync() will see that
5260            * vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context.
5261            * But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to
5262            * prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed.
5263            */
5264           vdpath = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path);
5265           for (int t = 0; t < TXG_SIZE; t++)
5266                     (void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd->vdev_dtl_list, vd, t);
5267           vd->vdev_detached = B_TRUE;
5268           vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, vd, txg);
5269 
5270           spa_event_notify(spa, vd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE);
5271 
5272           /* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */
5273           spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
5274 
5275           error = spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
5276 
5277           spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", NULL,
5278               "vdev=%s", vdpath);
5279           spa_strfree(vdpath);
5280 
5281           /*
5282            * If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev,
5283            * then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare
5284            * list of every other pool.
5285            */
5286           if (unspare) {
5287                     spa_t *altspa = NULL;
5288 
5289                     mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5290                     while ((altspa = spa_next(altspa)) != NULL) {
5291                               if (altspa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
5292                                   altspa == spa)
5293                                         continue;
5294 
5295                               spa_open_ref(altspa, FTAG);
5296                               mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5297                               (void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
5298                               mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5299                               spa_close(altspa, FTAG);
5300                     }
5301                     mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5302 
5303                     /* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */
5304                     spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
5305           }
5306 
5307           /* all done with the spa; OK to release */
5308           mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5309           spa_close(spa, FTAG);
5310           mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5311 
5312           return (error);
5313 }
5314 
5315 /*
5316  * Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them.
5317  */
5318 int
spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t * spa,char * newname,nvlist_t * config,nvlist_t * props,boolean_t exp)5319 spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t *spa, char *newname, nvlist_t *config,
5320     nvlist_t *props, boolean_t exp)
5321 {
5322           int error = 0;
5323           uint64_t txg, *glist;
5324           spa_t *newspa;
5325           uint_t c, children, lastlog;
5326           nvlist_t **child, *nvl, *tmp;
5327           dmu_tx_t *tx;
5328           char *altroot = NULL;
5329           vdev_t *rvd, **vml = NULL;                        /* vdev modify list */
5330           boolean_t activate_slog;
5331 
5332           ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
5333 
5334           txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
5335 
5336           /* clear the log and flush everything up to now */
5337           activate_slog = spa_passivate_log(spa);
5338           (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
5339           error = spa_offline_log(spa);
5340           txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
5341 
5342           if (activate_slog)
5343                     spa_activate_log(spa);
5344 
5345           if (error != 0)
5346                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
5347 
5348           /* check new spa name before going any further */
5349           if (spa_lookup(newname) != NULL)
5350                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EEXIST));
5351 
5352           /*
5353            * scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors
5354            */
5355           if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvl) != 0 ||
5356               nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, &child,
5357               &children) != 0)
5358                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
5359 
5360           /* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */
5361           rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
5362           lastlog = 0;
5363           for (c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
5364                     vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
5365 
5366                     /* don't count the holes & logs as children */
5367                     if (vd->vdev_islog || vd->vdev_ishole) {
5368                               if (lastlog == 0)
5369                                         lastlog = c;
5370                               continue;
5371                     }
5372 
5373                     lastlog = 0;
5374           }
5375           if (children != (lastlog != 0 ? lastlog : rvd->vdev_children))
5376                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
5377 
5378           /* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */
5379           if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &tmp) == 0 ||
5380               nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &tmp) == 0)
5381                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
5382 
5383           vml = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
5384           glist = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP);
5385 
5386           /* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */
5387           for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
5388                     uint64_t is_hole = 0;
5389 
5390                     (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE,
5391                         &is_hole);
5392 
5393                     if (is_hole != 0) {
5394                               if (spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ishole ||
5395                                   spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_islog) {
5396                                         continue;
5397                               } else {
5398                                         error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5399                                         break;
5400                               }
5401                     }
5402 
5403                     /* which disk is going to be split? */
5404                     if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
5405                         &glist[c]) != 0) {
5406                               error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5407                               break;
5408                     }
5409 
5410                     /* look it up in the spa */
5411                     vml[c] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[c], B_FALSE);
5412                     if (vml[c] == NULL) {
5413                               error = SET_ERROR(ENODEV);
5414                               break;
5415                     }
5416 
5417                     /* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */
5418                     if (vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops ||
5419                         vml[c]->vdev_islog ||
5420                         vml[c]->vdev_ishole ||
5421                         vml[c]->vdev_isspare ||
5422                         vml[c]->vdev_isl2cache ||
5423                         !vdev_writeable(vml[c]) ||
5424                         vml[c]->vdev_children != 0 ||
5425                         vml[c]->vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY ||
5426                         c != spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_id) {
5427                               error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5428                               break;
5429                     }
5430 
5431                     if (vdev_dtl_required(vml[c])) {
5432                               error = SET_ERROR(EBUSY);
5433                               break;
5434                     }
5435 
5436                     /* we need certain info from the top level */
5437                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY,
5438                         vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_array) == 0);
5439                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT,
5440                         vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_shift) == 0);
5441                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE,
5442                         vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_asize) == 0);
5443                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT,
5444                         vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ashift) == 0);
5445 
5446                     /* transfer per-vdev ZAPs */
5447                     ASSERT3U(vml[c]->vdev_leaf_zap, !=, 0);
5448                     VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c],
5449                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_LEAF_ZAP, vml[c]->vdev_leaf_zap));
5450 
5451                     ASSERT3U(vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_top_zap, !=, 0);
5452                     VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c],
5453                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TOP_ZAP,
5454                         vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_top_zap));
5455           }
5456 
5457           if (error != 0) {
5458                     kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
5459                     kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
5460                     return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
5461           }
5462 
5463           /* stop writers from using the disks */
5464           for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
5465                     if (vml[c] != NULL)
5466                               vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_TRUE;
5467           }
5468           vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5469 
5470           /*
5471            * Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config.  This
5472            * will disappear once the config is regenerated.
5473            */
5474           VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvl, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5475           VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
5476               glist, children) == 0);
5477           kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
5478 
5479           mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
5480           VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT,
5481               nvl) == 0);
5482           mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
5483           spa->spa_config_splitting = nvl;
5484           vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5485 
5486           /* configure and create the new pool */
5487           VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, newname) == 0);
5488           VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
5489               exp ? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED : POOL_STATE_ACTIVE) == 0);
5490           VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
5491               spa_version(spa)) == 0);
5492           VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
5493               spa->spa_config_txg) == 0);
5494           VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
5495               spa_generate_guid(NULL)) == 0);
5496           VERIFY0(nvlist_add_boolean(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS));
5497           (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
5498               zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
5499 
5500           /* add the new pool to the namespace */
5501           newspa = spa_add(newname, config, altroot);
5502           newspa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD;
5503           newspa->spa_config_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
5504           spa_set_log_state(newspa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
5505 
5506           /* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */
5507           spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
5508 
5509           if (zio_injection_enabled)
5510                     zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 1);
5511 
5512           spa_activate(newspa, spa_mode_global);
5513           spa_async_suspend(newspa);
5514 
5515 #ifndef illumos
5516           /* mark that we are creating new spa by splitting */
5517           newspa->spa_splitting_newspa = B_TRUE;
5518 #endif
5519           /* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */
5520           error = spa_load(newspa, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE, B_TRUE);
5521 #ifndef illumos
5522           newspa->spa_splitting_newspa = B_FALSE;
5523 #endif
5524           if (error)
5525                     goto out;
5526 
5527           /* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */
5528           if (newspa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
5529                     VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&newspa->spa_config_splitting,
5530                         NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5531                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(newspa->spa_config_splitting,
5532                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID, spa_guid(spa)) == 0);
5533                     spa_config_set(newspa, spa_config_generate(newspa, NULL, -1ULL,
5534                         B_TRUE));
5535           }
5536 
5537           /* set the props */
5538           if (props != NULL) {
5539                     spa_configfile_set(newspa, props, B_FALSE);
5540                     error = spa_prop_set(newspa, props);
5541                     if (error)
5542                               goto out;
5543           }
5544 
5545           /* flush everything */
5546           txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa);
5547           vdev_config_dirty(newspa->spa_root_vdev);
5548           (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
5549 
5550           if (zio_injection_enabled)
5551                     zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 2);
5552 
5553           spa_async_resume(newspa);
5554 
5555           /* finally, update the original pool's config */
5556           txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
5557           tx = dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa)->dp_mos_dir);
5558           error = dmu_tx_assign(tx, TXG_WAIT);
5559           if (error != 0)
5560                     dmu_tx_abort(tx);
5561           for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
5562                     if (vml[c] != NULL) {
5563                               vdev_split(vml[c]);
5564                               if (error == 0)
5565                                         spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", tx,
5566                                             "vdev=%s", vml[c]->vdev_path);
5567 
5568                               vdev_free(vml[c]);
5569                     }
5570           }
5571           spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD;
5572           vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5573           spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
5574           nvlist_free(nvl);
5575           if (error == 0)
5576                     dmu_tx_commit(tx);
5577           (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0);
5578 
5579           if (zio_injection_enabled)
5580                     zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 3);
5581 
5582           /* split is complete; log a history record */
5583           spa_history_log_internal(newspa, "split", NULL,
5584               "from pool %s", spa_name(spa));
5585 
5586           kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
5587 
5588           /* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */
5589           if (exp)
5590                     error = spa_export_common(newname, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, NULL,
5591                         B_FALSE, B_FALSE);
5592 
5593           return (error);
5594 
5595 out:
5596           spa_unload(newspa);
5597           spa_deactivate(newspa);
5598           spa_remove(newspa);
5599 
5600           txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
5601 
5602           /* re-online all offlined disks */
5603           for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
5604                     if (vml[c] != NULL)
5605                               vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
5606           }
5607           vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5608 
5609           nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
5610           spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
5611           (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error);
5612 
5613           kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
5614           return (error);
5615 }
5616 
5617 static nvlist_t *
spa_nvlist_lookup_by_guid(nvlist_t ** nvpp,int count,uint64_t target_guid)5618 spa_nvlist_lookup_by_guid(nvlist_t **nvpp, int count, uint64_t target_guid)
5619 {
5620           for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) {
5621                     uint64_t guid;
5622 
5623                     VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvpp[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
5624                         &guid) == 0);
5625 
5626                     if (guid == target_guid)
5627                               return (nvpp[i]);
5628           }
5629 
5630           return (NULL);
5631 }
5632 
5633 static void
spa_vdev_remove_aux(nvlist_t * config,char * name,nvlist_t ** dev,int count,nvlist_t * dev_to_remove)5634 spa_vdev_remove_aux(nvlist_t *config, char *name, nvlist_t **dev, int count,
5635     nvlist_t *dev_to_remove)
5636 {
5637           nvlist_t **newdev = NULL;
5638 
5639           if (count > 1)
5640                     newdev = kmem_alloc((count - 1) * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
5641 
5642           for (int i = 0, j = 0; i < count; i++) {
5643                     if (dev[i] == dev_to_remove)
5644                               continue;
5645                     VERIFY(nvlist_dup(dev[i], &newdev[j++], KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5646           }
5647 
5648           VERIFY(nvlist_remove(config, name, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
5649           VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(config, name, newdev, count - 1) == 0);
5650 
5651           for (int i = 0; i < count - 1; i++)
5652                     nvlist_free(newdev[i]);
5653 
5654           if (count > 1)
5655                     kmem_free(newdev, (count - 1) * sizeof (void *));
5656 }
5657 
5658 /*
5659  * Evacuate the device.
5660  */
5661 static int
spa_vdev_remove_evacuate(spa_t * spa,vdev_t * vd)5662 spa_vdev_remove_evacuate(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
5663 {
5664           uint64_t txg;
5665           int error = 0;
5666 
5667           ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
5668           ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
5669           ASSERT(vd == vd->vdev_top);
5670 
5671           /*
5672            * Evacuate the device.  We don't hold the config lock as writer
5673            * since we need to do I/O but we do keep the
5674            * spa_namespace_lock held.  Once this completes the device
5675            * should no longer have any blocks allocated on it.
5676            */
5677           if (vd->vdev_islog) {
5678                     if (vd->vdev_stat.vs_alloc != 0)
5679                               error = spa_offline_log(spa);
5680           } else {
5681                     error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
5682           }
5683 
5684           if (error)
5685                     return (error);
5686 
5687           /*
5688            * The evacuation succeeded.  Remove any remaining MOS metadata
5689            * associated with this vdev, and wait for these changes to sync.
5690            */
5691           ASSERT0(vd->vdev_stat.vs_alloc);
5692           txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
5693           vd->vdev_removing = B_TRUE;
5694           vdev_dirty_leaves(vd, VDD_DTL, txg);
5695           vdev_config_dirty(vd);
5696           spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
5697 
5698           return (0);
5699 }
5700 
5701 /*
5702  * Complete the removal by cleaning up the namespace.
5703  */
5704 static void
spa_vdev_remove_from_namespace(spa_t * spa,vdev_t * vd)5705 spa_vdev_remove_from_namespace(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
5706 {
5707           vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
5708           uint64_t id = vd->vdev_id;
5709           boolean_t last_vdev = (id == (rvd->vdev_children - 1));
5710 
5711           ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
5712           ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
5713           ASSERT(vd == vd->vdev_top);
5714 
5715           /*
5716            * Only remove any devices which are empty.
5717            */
5718           if (vd->vdev_stat.vs_alloc != 0)
5719                     return;
5720 
5721           (void) vdev_label_init(vd, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE);
5722 
5723           if (list_link_active(&vd->vdev_state_dirty_node))
5724                     vdev_state_clean(vd);
5725           if (list_link_active(&vd->vdev_config_dirty_node))
5726                     vdev_config_clean(vd);
5727 
5728           vdev_free(vd);
5729 
5730           if (last_vdev) {
5731                     vdev_compact_children(rvd);
5732           } else {
5733                     vd = vdev_alloc_common(spa, id, 0, &vdev_hole_ops);
5734                     vdev_add_child(rvd, vd);
5735           }
5736           vdev_config_dirty(rvd);
5737 
5738           /*
5739            * Reassess the health of our root vdev.
5740            */
5741           vdev_reopen(rvd);
5742 }
5743 
5744 /*
5745  * Remove a device from the pool -
5746  *
5747  * Removing a device from the vdev namespace requires several steps
5748  * and can take a significant amount of time.  As a result we use
5749  * the spa_vdev_config_[enter/exit] functions which allow us to
5750  * grab and release the spa_config_lock while still holding the namespace
5751  * lock.  During each step the configuration is synced out.
5752  *
5753  * Currently, this supports removing only hot spares, slogs, and level 2 ARC
5754  * devices.
5755  */
5756 int
spa_vdev_remove(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid,boolean_t unspare)5757 spa_vdev_remove(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, boolean_t unspare)
5758 {
5759           vdev_t *vd;
5760           sysevent_t *ev = NULL;
5761           metaslab_group_t *mg;
5762           nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache, *nv;
5763           uint64_t txg = 0;
5764           uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
5765           int error = 0;
5766           boolean_t locked = MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock);
5767 
5768           ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
5769 
5770           if (!locked)
5771                     txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
5772 
5773           vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
5774 
5775           if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs != NULL &&
5776               nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5777               ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0 &&
5778               (nv = spa_nvlist_lookup_by_guid(spares, nspares, guid)) != NULL) {
5779                     /*
5780                      * Only remove the hot spare if it's not currently in use
5781                      * in this pool.
5782                      */
5783                     if (vd == NULL || unspare) {
5784                               if (vd == NULL)
5785                                         vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_TRUE);
5786                               ev = spa_event_create(spa, vd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE_AUX);
5787                               spa_vdev_remove_aux(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5788                                   ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares, nv);
5789                               spa_load_spares(spa);
5790                               spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5791                     } else {
5792                               error = SET_ERROR(EBUSY);
5793                     }
5794           } else if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs != NULL &&
5795               nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5796               ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0 &&
5797               (nv = spa_nvlist_lookup_by_guid(l2cache, nl2cache, guid)) != NULL) {
5798                     /*
5799                      * Cache devices can always be removed.
5800                      */
5801                     vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_TRUE);
5802                     ev = spa_event_create(spa, vd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE_AUX);
5803                     spa_vdev_remove_aux(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5804                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache, nv);
5805                     spa_load_l2cache(spa);
5806                     spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5807           } else if (vd != NULL && vd->vdev_islog) {
5808                     ASSERT(!locked);
5809                     ASSERT(vd == vd->vdev_top);
5810 
5811                     mg = vd->vdev_mg;
5812 
5813                     /*
5814                      * Stop allocating from this vdev.
5815                      */
5816                     metaslab_group_passivate(mg);
5817 
5818                     /*
5819                      * Wait for the youngest allocations and frees to sync,
5820                      * and then wait for the deferral of those frees to finish.
5821                      */
5822                     spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL,
5823                         txg + TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES + TXG_DEFER_SIZE, 0, FTAG);
5824 
5825                     /*
5826                      * Attempt to evacuate the vdev.
5827                      */
5828                     error = spa_vdev_remove_evacuate(spa, vd);
5829 
5830                     txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
5831 
5832                     /*
5833                      * If we couldn't evacuate the vdev, unwind.
5834                      */
5835                     if (error) {
5836                               metaslab_group_activate(mg);
5837                               return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
5838                     }
5839 
5840                     /*
5841                      * Clean up the vdev namespace.
5842                      */
5843                     ev = spa_event_create(spa, vd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE_DEV);
5844                     spa_vdev_remove_from_namespace(spa, vd);
5845 
5846           } else if (vd != NULL) {
5847                     /*
5848                      * Normal vdevs cannot be removed (yet).
5849                      */
5850                     error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
5851           } else {
5852                     /*
5853                      * There is no vdev of any kind with the specified guid.
5854                      */
5855                     error = SET_ERROR(ENOENT);
5856           }
5857 
5858           if (!locked)
5859                     error = spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error);
5860 
5861           if (ev)
5862                     spa_event_post(ev);
5863 
5864           return (error);
5865 }
5866 
5867 /*
5868  * Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's
5869  * currently spared, so we can detach it.
5870  */
5871 static vdev_t *
spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t * vd)5872 spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t *vd)
5873 {
5874           vdev_t *newvd, *oldvd;
5875 
5876           for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
5877                     oldvd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd->vdev_child[c]);
5878                     if (oldvd != NULL)
5879                               return (oldvd);
5880           }
5881 
5882           /*
5883            * Check for a completed replacement.  We always consider the first
5884            * vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be
5885            * the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works).  In
5886            * the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically
5887            * remove it after a resilver completes.  This is OK as it will require
5888            * user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep.
5889            */
5890           if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops) {
5891                     ASSERT(vd->vdev_children > 1);
5892 
5893                     newvd = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
5894                     oldvd = vd->vdev_child[0];
5895 
5896                     if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
5897                         vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
5898                         !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
5899                               return (oldvd);
5900           }
5901 
5902           /*
5903            * Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set.
5904            */
5905           if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops) {
5906                     vdev_t *first = vd->vdev_child[0];
5907                     vdev_t *last = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
5908 
5909                     if (last->vdev_unspare) {
5910                               oldvd = first;
5911                               newvd = last;
5912                     } else if (first->vdev_unspare) {
5913                               oldvd = last;
5914                               newvd = first;
5915                     } else {
5916                               oldvd = NULL;
5917                     }
5918 
5919                     if (oldvd != NULL &&
5920                         vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
5921                         vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
5922                         !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
5923                               return (oldvd);
5924 
5925                     /*
5926                      * If there are more than two spares attached to a disk,
5927                      * and those spares are not required, then we want to
5928                      * attempt to free them up now so that they can be used
5929                      * by other pools.  Once we're back down to a single
5930                      * disk+spare, we stop removing them.
5931                      */
5932                     if (vd->vdev_children > 2) {
5933                               newvd = vd->vdev_child[1];
5934 
5935                               if (newvd->vdev_isspare && last->vdev_isspare &&
5936                                   vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_MISSING) &&
5937                                   vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
5938                                   !vdev_dtl_required(newvd))
5939                                         return (newvd);
5940                     }
5941           }
5942 
5943           return (NULL);
5944 }
5945 
5946 static void
spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t * spa)5947 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa)
5948 {
5949           vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *ppvd;
5950           uint64_t guid, sguid, pguid, ppguid;
5951 
5952           spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5953 
5954           while ((vd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa->spa_root_vdev)) != NULL) {
5955                     pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
5956                     ppvd = pvd->vdev_parent;
5957                     guid = vd->vdev_guid;
5958                     pguid = pvd->vdev_guid;
5959                     ppguid = ppvd->vdev_guid;
5960                     sguid = 0;
5961                     /*
5962                      * If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then
5963                      * we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot
5964                      * spare) as well.
5965                      */
5966                     if (ppvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && pvd->vdev_id == 0 &&
5967                         ppvd->vdev_children == 2) {
5968                               ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops);
5969                               sguid = ppvd->vdev_child[1]->vdev_guid;
5970                     }
5971                     ASSERT(vd->vdev_resilver_txg == 0 || !vdev_dtl_required(vd));
5972 
5973                     spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5974                     if (spa_vdev_detach(spa, guid, pguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
5975                               return;
5976                     if (sguid && spa_vdev_detach(spa, sguid, ppguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
5977                               return;
5978                     spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5979           }
5980 
5981           spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5982 }
5983 
5984 /*
5985  * Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev.
5986  */
5987 int
spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid,const char * value,boolean_t ispath)5988 spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *value,
5989     boolean_t ispath)
5990 {
5991           vdev_t *vd;
5992           boolean_t sync = B_FALSE;
5993 
5994           ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
5995 
5996           spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_ALL);
5997 
5998           if ((vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_TRUE)) == NULL)
5999                     return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOENT));
6000 
6001           if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
6002                     return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOTSUP));
6003 
6004           if (ispath) {
6005                     if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_path) != 0) {
6006                               spa_strfree(vd->vdev_path);
6007                               vd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(value);
6008                               sync = B_TRUE;
6009                     }
6010           } else {
6011                     if (vd->vdev_fru == NULL) {
6012                               vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
6013                               sync = B_TRUE;
6014                     } else if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_fru) != 0) {
6015                               spa_strfree(vd->vdev_fru);
6016                               vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
6017                               sync = B_TRUE;
6018                     }
6019           }
6020 
6021           return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, sync ? vd : NULL, 0));
6022 }
6023 
6024 int
spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid,const char * newpath)6025 spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newpath)
6026 {
6027           return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newpath, B_TRUE));
6028 }
6029 
6030 int
spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid,const char * newfru)6031 spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newfru)
6032 {
6033           return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newfru, B_FALSE));
6034 }
6035 
6036 /*
6037  * ==========================================================================
6038  * SPA Scanning
6039  * ==========================================================================
6040  */
6041 
6042 int
spa_scan_stop(spa_t * spa)6043 spa_scan_stop(spa_t *spa)
6044 {
6045           ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
6046           if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool))
6047                     return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
6048           return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa->spa_dsl_pool));
6049 }
6050 
6051 int
spa_scan(spa_t * spa,pool_scan_func_t func)6052 spa_scan(spa_t *spa, pool_scan_func_t func)
6053 {
6054           ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
6055 
6056           if (func >= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS || func == POOL_SCAN_NONE)
6057                     return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
6058 
6059           /*
6060            * If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a
6061            * writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do.
6062            */
6063           if (func == POOL_SCAN_RESILVER &&
6064               !vdev_resilver_needed(spa->spa_root_vdev, NULL, NULL)) {
6065                     spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE);
6066                     return (0);
6067           }
6068 
6069           return (dsl_scan(spa->spa_dsl_pool, func));
6070 }
6071 
6072 /*
6073  * ==========================================================================
6074  * SPA async task processing
6075  * ==========================================================================
6076  */
6077 
6078 static void
spa_async_remove(spa_t * spa,vdev_t * vd)6079 spa_async_remove(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
6080 {
6081           if (vd->vdev_remove_wanted) {
6082                     vd->vdev_remove_wanted = B_FALSE;
6083                     vd->vdev_delayed_close = B_FALSE;
6084                     vdev_set_state(vd, B_FALSE, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED, VDEV_AUX_NONE);
6085 
6086                     /*
6087                      * We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full
6088                      * vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away
6089                      * degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the
6090                      * device, all of which is a waste.
6091                      */
6092                     vd->vdev_stat.vs_read_errors = 0;
6093                     vd->vdev_stat.vs_write_errors = 0;
6094                     vd->vdev_stat.vs_checksum_errors = 0;
6095 
6096                     vdev_state_dirty(vd->vdev_top);
6097                     /* Tell userspace that the vdev is gone. */
6098                     zfs_post_remove(spa, vd);
6099           }
6100 
6101           for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
6102                     spa_async_remove(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
6103 }
6104 
6105 static void
spa_async_probe(spa_t * spa,vdev_t * vd)6106 spa_async_probe(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
6107 {
6108           if (vd->vdev_probe_wanted) {
6109                     vd->vdev_probe_wanted = B_FALSE;
6110                     vdev_reopen(vd);    /* vdev_open() does the actual probe */
6111           }
6112 
6113           for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
6114                     spa_async_probe(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
6115 }
6116 
6117 static void
spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t * spa,vdev_t * vd)6118 spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
6119 {
6120           sysevent_id_t eid;
6121           nvlist_t *attr;
6122           char *physpath;
6123 
6124           if (!spa->spa_autoexpand)
6125                     return;
6126 
6127           for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
6128                     vdev_t *cvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
6129                     spa_async_autoexpand(spa, cvd);
6130           }
6131 
6132           if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || vd->vdev_physpath == NULL)
6133                     return;
6134 
6135           physpath = kmem_zalloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
6136           (void) snprintf(physpath, MAXPATHLEN, "/devices%s", vd->vdev_physpath);
6137 
6138           VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&attr, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
6139           VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(attr, DEV_PHYS_PATH, physpath) == 0);
6140 
6141           (void) ddi_log_sysevent(zfs_dip, SUNW_VENDOR, EC_DEV_STATUS,
6142               ESC_ZFS_VDEV_AUTOEXPAND, attr, &eid, DDI_SLEEP);
6143 
6144           nvlist_free(attr);
6145           kmem_free(physpath, MAXPATHLEN);
6146 }
6147 
6148 static void
spa_async_thread(void * arg)6149 spa_async_thread(void *arg)
6150 {
6151           spa_t *spa = arg;
6152           int tasks;
6153 
6154           ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on);
6155 
6156           mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6157           tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
6158           spa->spa_async_tasks &= SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE;
6159           mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6160 
6161           /*
6162            * See if the config needs to be updated.
6163            */
6164           if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE) {
6165                     uint64_t old_space, new_space;
6166 
6167                     mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6168                     old_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
6169                     spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
6170                     new_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
6171                     mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6172 
6173                     /*
6174                      * If the pool grew as a result of the config update,
6175                      * then log an internal history event.
6176                      */
6177                     if (new_space != old_space) {
6178                               spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev online", NULL,
6179                                   "pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)",
6180                                   spa_name(spa), new_space, new_space - old_space);
6181                     }
6182           }
6183 
6184           if ((tasks & SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND) && !spa_suspended(spa)) {
6185                     spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
6186                     spa_async_autoexpand(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
6187                     spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
6188           }
6189 
6190           /*
6191            * See if any devices need to be probed.
6192            */
6193           if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_PROBE) {
6194                     spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
6195                     spa_async_probe(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
6196                     (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
6197           }
6198 
6199           /*
6200            * If any devices are done replacing, detach them.
6201            */
6202           if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE)
6203                     spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
6204 
6205           /*
6206            * Kick off a resilver.
6207            */
6208           if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER)
6209                     dsl_resilver_restart(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
6210 
6211           /*
6212            * Let the world know that we're done.
6213            */
6214           mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6215           spa->spa_async_thread = NULL;
6216           cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_async_cv);
6217           mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6218           thread_exit();
6219 }
6220 
6221 static void
spa_async_thread_vd(void * arg)6222 spa_async_thread_vd(void *arg)
6223 {
6224           spa_t *spa = arg;
6225           int tasks;
6226 
6227           ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on);
6228 
6229           mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6230           tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
6231 retry:
6232           spa->spa_async_tasks &= ~SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE;
6233           mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6234 
6235           /*
6236            * See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED.
6237            */
6238           if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) {
6239                     spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
6240                     spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
6241                     for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++)
6242                               spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
6243                     for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
6244                               spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
6245                     (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
6246           }
6247 
6248           /*
6249            * Let the world know that we're done.
6250            */
6251           mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6252           tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
6253           if ((tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) != 0)
6254                     goto retry;
6255           spa->spa_async_thread_vd = NULL;
6256           cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_async_cv);
6257           mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6258           thread_exit();
6259 }
6260 
6261 void
spa_async_suspend(spa_t * spa)6262 spa_async_suspend(spa_t *spa)
6263 {
6264           mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6265           spa->spa_async_suspended++;
6266           while (spa->spa_async_thread != NULL &&
6267               spa->spa_async_thread_vd != NULL)
6268                     cv_wait(&spa->spa_async_cv, &spa->spa_async_lock);
6269           mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6270 }
6271 
6272 void
spa_async_resume(spa_t * spa)6273 spa_async_resume(spa_t *spa)
6274 {
6275           mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6276           ASSERT(spa->spa_async_suspended != 0);
6277           spa->spa_async_suspended--;
6278           mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6279 }
6280 
6281 static boolean_t
spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t * spa)6282 spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t *spa)
6283 {
6284           uint_t non_config_tasks;
6285           uint_t config_task;
6286           boolean_t config_task_suspended;
6287 
6288           non_config_tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks & ~(SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE |
6289               SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE);
6290           config_task = spa->spa_async_tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE;
6291           if (spa->spa_ccw_fail_time == 0) {
6292                     config_task_suspended = B_FALSE;
6293           } else {
6294                     config_task_suspended =
6295                         (gethrtime() - spa->spa_ccw_fail_time) <
6296                         ((hrtime_t)zfs_ccw_retry_interval * NANOSEC);
6297           }
6298 
6299           return (non_config_tasks || (config_task && !config_task_suspended));
6300 }
6301 
6302 static void
spa_async_dispatch(spa_t * spa)6303 spa_async_dispatch(spa_t *spa)
6304 {
6305           mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6306           if (spa_async_tasks_pending(spa) &&
6307               !spa->spa_async_suspended &&
6308               spa->spa_async_thread == NULL &&
6309               rootdir != NULL)
6310                     spa->spa_async_thread = thread_create(NULL, 0,
6311                         spa_async_thread, spa, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, maxclsyspri);
6312           mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6313 }
6314 
6315 static void
spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa_t * spa)6316 spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa_t *spa)
6317 {
6318           mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6319           if ((spa->spa_async_tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) != 0 &&
6320               !spa->spa_async_suspended &&
6321               spa->spa_async_thread_vd == NULL &&
6322               rootdir != NULL)
6323                     spa->spa_async_thread_vd = thread_create(NULL, 0,
6324                         spa_async_thread_vd, spa, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, maxclsyspri);
6325           mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6326 }
6327 
6328 void
spa_async_request(spa_t * spa,int task)6329 spa_async_request(spa_t *spa, int task)
6330 {
6331           zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa->spa_name, task);
6332           mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6333           spa->spa_async_tasks |= task;
6334           mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6335           spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa);
6336 }
6337 
6338 /*
6339  * ==========================================================================
6340  * SPA syncing routines
6341  * ==========================================================================
6342  */
6343 
6344 static int
bpobj_enqueue_cb(void * arg,const blkptr_t * bp,dmu_tx_t * tx)6345 bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6346 {
6347           bpobj_t *bpo = arg;
6348           bpobj_enqueue(bpo, bp, tx);
6349           return (0);
6350 }
6351 
6352 static int
spa_free_sync_cb(void * arg,const blkptr_t * bp,dmu_tx_t * tx)6353 spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6354 {
6355           zio_t *zio = arg;
6356 
6357           zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(zio, zio->io_spa, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), bp,
6358               BP_GET_PSIZE(bp), zio->io_flags));
6359           return (0);
6360 }
6361 
6362 /*
6363  * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
6364  * amount of time spent syncing frees.
6365  */
6366 static void
spa_sync_frees(spa_t * spa,bplist_t * bpl,dmu_tx_t * tx)6367 spa_sync_frees(spa_t *spa, bplist_t *bpl, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6368 {
6369           zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
6370           bplist_iterate(bpl, spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx);
6371           VERIFY(zio_wait(zio) == 0);
6372 }
6373 
6374 /*
6375  * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
6376  * amount of time spent syncing deferred frees.
6377  */
6378 static void
spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t * spa,dmu_tx_t * tx)6379 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6380 {
6381           zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
6382           VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
6383               spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx), ==, 0);
6384           VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio));
6385 }
6386 
6387 
6388 static void
spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t * spa,uint64_t obj,nvlist_t * nv,dmu_tx_t * tx)6389 spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t *nv, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6390 {
6391           char *packed = NULL;
6392           size_t bufsize;
6393           size_t nvsize = 0;
6394           dmu_buf_t *db;
6395 
6396           VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR) == 0);
6397 
6398           /*
6399            * Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration
6400            * information.  This avoids the dmu_buf_will_dirty() path and
6401            * saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about.
6402            */
6403           bufsize = P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE);
6404           packed = kmem_alloc(bufsize, KM_SLEEP);
6405 
6406           VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv, &packed, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR,
6407               KM_SLEEP) == 0);
6408           bzero(packed + nvsize, bufsize - nvsize);
6409 
6410           dmu_write(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, bufsize, packed, tx);
6411 
6412           kmem_free(packed, bufsize);
6413 
6414           VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db));
6415           dmu_buf_will_dirty(db, tx);
6416           *(uint64_t *)db->db_data = nvsize;
6417           dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
6418 }
6419 
6420 static void
spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t * spa,spa_aux_vdev_t * sav,dmu_tx_t * tx,const char * config,const char * entry)6421 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t *spa, spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, dmu_tx_t *tx,
6422     const char *config, const char *entry)
6423 {
6424           nvlist_t *nvroot;
6425           nvlist_t **list;
6426           int i;
6427 
6428           if (!sav->sav_sync)
6429                     return;
6430 
6431           /*
6432            * Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices.
6433            * spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is
6434            * valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately.
6435            */
6436           if (sav->sav_object == 0) {
6437                     sav->sav_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6438                         DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE,
6439                         sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
6440                     VERIFY(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6441                         DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, entry, sizeof (uint64_t), 1,
6442                         &sav->sav_object, tx) == 0);
6443           }
6444 
6445           VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
6446           if (sav->sav_count == 0) {
6447                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, NULL, 0) == 0);
6448           } else {
6449                     list = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
6450                     for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
6451                               list[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa, sav->sav_vdevs[i],
6452                                   B_FALSE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
6453                     VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, list,
6454                         sav->sav_count) == 0);
6455                     for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
6456                               nvlist_free(list[i]);
6457                     kmem_free(list, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
6458           }
6459 
6460           spa_sync_nvlist(spa, sav->sav_object, nvroot, tx);
6461           nvlist_free(nvroot);
6462 
6463           sav->sav_sync = B_FALSE;
6464 }
6465 
6466 /*
6467  * Rebuild spa's all-vdev ZAP from the vdev ZAPs indicated in each vdev_t.
6468  * The all-vdev ZAP must be empty.
6469  */
6470 static void
spa_avz_build(vdev_t * vd,uint64_t avz,dmu_tx_t * tx)6471 spa_avz_build(vdev_t *vd, uint64_t avz, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6472 {
6473           spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa;
6474           if (vd->vdev_top_zap != 0) {
6475                     VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, avz,
6476                         vd->vdev_top_zap, tx));
6477           }
6478           if (vd->vdev_leaf_zap != 0) {
6479                     VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, avz,
6480                         vd->vdev_leaf_zap, tx));
6481           }
6482           for (uint64_t i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) {
6483                     spa_avz_build(vd->vdev_child[i], avz, tx);
6484           }
6485 }
6486 
6487 static void
spa_sync_config_object(spa_t * spa,dmu_tx_t * tx)6488 spa_sync_config_object(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6489 {
6490           nvlist_t *config;
6491 
6492           /*
6493            * If the pool is being imported from a pre-per-vdev-ZAP version of ZFS,
6494            * its config may not be dirty but we still need to build per-vdev ZAPs.
6495            * Similarly, if the pool is being assembled (e.g. after a split), we
6496            * need to rebuild the AVZ although the config may not be dirty.
6497            */
6498           if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list) &&
6499               spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_NONE)
6500                     return;
6501 
6502           spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
6503 
6504           ASSERT(spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_NONE ||
6505               spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps != 0);
6506 
6507           if (spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD) {
6508                     /* Make and build the new AVZ */
6509                     uint64_t new_avz = zap_create(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6510                         DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA, DMU_OT_NONE, 0, tx);
6511                     spa_avz_build(spa->spa_root_vdev, new_avz, tx);
6512 
6513                     /* Diff old AVZ with new one */
6514                     zap_cursor_t zc;
6515                     zap_attribute_t za;
6516 
6517                     for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
6518                         spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps);
6519                         zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
6520                         zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
6521                               uint64_t vdzap = za.za_first_integer;
6522                               if (zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, new_avz,
6523                                   vdzap) == ENOENT) {
6524                                         /*
6525                                          * ZAP is listed in old AVZ but not in new one;
6526                                          * destroy it
6527                                          */
6528                                         VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, vdzap,
6529                                             tx));
6530                               }
6531                     }
6532 
6533                     zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
6534 
6535                     /* Destroy the old AVZ */
6536                     VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6537                         spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, tx));
6538 
6539                     /* Replace the old AVZ in the dir obj with the new one */
6540                     VERIFY0(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6541                         DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP,
6542                         sizeof (new_avz), 1, &new_avz, tx));
6543 
6544                     spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = new_avz;
6545           } else if (spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY) {
6546                     zap_cursor_t zc;
6547                     zap_attribute_t za;
6548 
6549                     /* Walk through the AVZ and destroy all listed ZAPs */
6550                     for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
6551                         spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps);
6552                         zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
6553                         zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
6554                               uint64_t zap = za.za_first_integer;
6555                               VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, zap, tx));
6556                     }
6557 
6558                     zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
6559 
6560                     /* Destroy and unlink the AVZ itself */
6561                     VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6562                         spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, tx));
6563                     VERIFY0(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6564                         DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, tx));
6565                     spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = 0;
6566           }
6567 
6568           if (spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps == 0) {
6569                     spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = zap_create_link(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6570                         DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
6571                         DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, tx);
6572           }
6573           spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_NONE;
6574 
6575           /* Create ZAPs for vdevs that don't have them. */
6576           vdev_construct_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev, tx);
6577 
6578           config = spa_config_generate(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev,
6579               dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), B_FALSE);
6580 
6581           /*
6582            * If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that
6583            * the config object gets updated with the correct version.
6584            */
6585           if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version)
6586                     fnvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
6587                         spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
6588 
6589           spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6590 
6591           nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_syncing);
6592           spa->spa_config_syncing = config;
6593 
6594           spa_sync_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, config, tx);
6595 }
6596 
6597 static void
spa_sync_version(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)6598 spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6599 {
6600           uint64_t *versionp = arg;
6601           uint64_t version = *versionp;
6602           spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
6603 
6604           /*
6605            * Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool.
6606            */
6607           ASSERT(tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL);
6608 
6609           ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
6610           ASSERT(version >= spa_version(spa));
6611 
6612           spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
6613           vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
6614           spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx, "version=%lld", version);
6615 }
6616 
6617 /*
6618  * Set zpool properties.
6619  */
6620 static void
spa_sync_props(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)6621 spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6622 {
6623           nvlist_t *nvp = arg;
6624           spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
6625           objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
6626           nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
6627 
6628           mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
6629 
6630           while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem))) {
6631                     uint64_t intval;
6632                     char *strval, *fname;
6633                     zpool_prop_t prop;
6634                     const char *propname;
6635                     zprop_type_t proptype;
6636                     spa_feature_t fid;
6637 
6638                     switch (prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem))) {
6639                     case ZPROP_INVAL:
6640                               /*
6641                                * We checked this earlier in spa_prop_validate().
6642                                */
6643                               ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
6644 
6645                               fname = strchr(nvpair_name(elem), '@') + 1;
6646                               VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(fname, &fid));
6647 
6648                               spa_feature_enable(spa, fid, tx);
6649                               spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
6650                                   "%s=enabled", nvpair_name(elem));
6651                               break;
6652 
6653                     case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
6654                               intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem);
6655                               /*
6656                                * The version is synced seperatly before other
6657                                * properties and should be correct by now.
6658                                */
6659                               ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa), >=, intval);
6660                               break;
6661 
6662                     case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT:
6663                               /*
6664                                * 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should
6665                                * have been set temporarily at creation or import time.
6666                                */
6667                               ASSERT(spa->spa_root != NULL);
6668                               break;
6669 
6670                     case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY:
6671                     case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
6672                               /*
6673                                * 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persisitent
6674                                * properties.
6675                                */
6676                               break;
6677                     case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
6678                               strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
6679                               if (spa->spa_comment != NULL)
6680                                         spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
6681                               spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(strval);
6682                               /*
6683                                * We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs
6684                                * so that their labels get updated.  It's unnecessary
6685                                * to do this for pool creation since the vdev's
6686                                * configuratoin has already been dirtied.
6687                                */
6688                               if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
6689                                         vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
6690                               spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
6691                                   "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
6692                               break;
6693                     default:
6694                               /*
6695                                * Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object.
6696                                */
6697                               if (spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) {
6698                                         spa->spa_pool_props_object =
6699                                             zap_create_link(mos, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS,
6700                                             DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_PROPS,
6701                                             tx);
6702                               }
6703 
6704                               /* normalize the property name */
6705                               propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
6706                               proptype = zpool_prop_get_type(prop);
6707 
6708                               if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_STRING) {
6709                                         ASSERT(proptype == PROP_TYPE_STRING);
6710                                         strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
6711                                         VERIFY0(zap_update(mos,
6712                                             spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
6713                                             1, strlen(strval) + 1, strval, tx));
6714                                         spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
6715                                             "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
6716                               } else if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
6717                                         intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem);
6718 
6719                                         if (proptype == PROP_TYPE_INDEX) {
6720                                                   const char *unused;
6721                                                   VERIFY0(zpool_prop_index_to_string(
6722                                                       prop, intval, &unused));
6723                                         }
6724                                         VERIFY0(zap_update(mos,
6725                                             spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
6726                                             8, 1, &intval, tx));
6727                                         spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
6728                                             "%s=%lld", nvpair_name(elem), intval);
6729                               } else {
6730                                         ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */
6731                               }
6732 
6733                               switch (prop) {
6734                               case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
6735                                         spa->spa_delegation = intval;
6736                                         break;
6737                               case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
6738                                         spa->spa_bootfs = intval;
6739                                         break;
6740                               case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
6741                                         spa->spa_failmode = intval;
6742                                         break;
6743                               case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
6744                                         spa->spa_autoexpand = intval;
6745                                         if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
6746                                                   spa_async_request(spa,
6747                                                       SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
6748                                         break;
6749                               case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO:
6750                                         spa->spa_dedup_ditto = intval;
6751                                         break;
6752                               default:
6753                                         break;
6754                               }
6755                     }
6756 
6757           }
6758 
6759           mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
6760 }
6761 
6762 /*
6763  * Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes.  spa_version() does not
6764  * reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this
6765  * txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes.
6766  * Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync
6767  * tasks.
6768  */
6769 static void
spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t * spa,dmu_tx_t * tx)6770 spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6771 {
6772           dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
6773 
6774           ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_pass == 1);
6775 
6776           rrw_enter(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, RW_WRITER, FTAG);
6777 
6778           if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN &&
6779               spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN) {
6780                     dsl_pool_create_origin(dp, tx);
6781 
6782                     /* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */
6783                     spa->spa_minref += 3;
6784           }
6785 
6786           if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES &&
6787               spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES) {
6788                     dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp, tx);
6789           }
6790 
6791           if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES &&
6792               spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES) {
6793                     dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp, tx);
6794 
6795                     /* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */
6796                     spa->spa_minref += 3;
6797           }
6798 
6799           if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_FEATURES &&
6800               spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
6801                     spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx);
6802           }
6803 
6804           /*
6805            * LZ4_COMPRESS feature's behaviour was changed to activate_on_enable
6806            * when possibility to use lz4 compression for metadata was added
6807            * Old pools that have this feature enabled must be upgraded to have
6808            * this feature active
6809            */
6810           if (spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
6811                     boolean_t lz4_en = spa_feature_is_enabled(spa,
6812                         SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS);
6813                     boolean_t lz4_ac = spa_feature_is_active(spa,
6814                         SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS);
6815 
6816                     if (lz4_en && !lz4_ac)
6817                               spa_feature_incr(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS, tx);
6818           }
6819 
6820           /*
6821            * If we haven't written the salt, do so now.  Note that the
6822            * feature may not be activated yet, but that's fine since
6823            * the presence of this ZAP entry is backwards compatible.
6824            */
6825           if (zap_contains(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
6826               DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT) == ENOENT) {
6827                     VERIFY0(zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6828                         DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1,
6829                         sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes),
6830                         spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes, tx));
6831           }
6832 
6833           rrw_exit(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, FTAG);
6834 }
6835 
6836 /*
6837  * Sync the specified transaction group.  New blocks may be dirtied as
6838  * part of the process, so we iterate until it converges.
6839  */
6840 
6841 void
spa_sync(spa_t * spa,uint64_t txg)6842 spa_sync(spa_t *spa, uint64_t txg)
6843 {
6844           dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
6845           objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
6846           bplist_t *free_bpl = &spa->spa_free_bplist[txg & TXG_MASK];
6847           vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
6848           vdev_t *vd;
6849           dmu_tx_t *tx;
6850           int error;
6851           uint32_t max_queue_depth = zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active *
6852               zfs_vdev_queue_depth_pct / 100;
6853 
6854           VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa));
6855 
6856           /*
6857            * Lock out configuration changes.
6858            */
6859           spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
6860 
6861           spa->spa_syncing_txg = txg;
6862           spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
6863 
6864           mutex_enter(&spa->spa_alloc_lock);
6865           VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa->spa_alloc_tree));
6866           mutex_exit(&spa->spa_alloc_lock);
6867 
6868           /*
6869            * If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them
6870            * into config changes that go out with this transaction group.
6871            */
6872           spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
6873           while (list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list) != NULL) {
6874                     /*
6875                      * We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs,
6876                      * calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config.
6877                      * This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we
6878                      * eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs
6879                      * into the root vdev tree.
6880                      */
6881                     spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6882                     spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
6883                     while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list)) != NULL) {
6884                               vdev_state_clean(vd);
6885                               vdev_config_dirty(vd);
6886                     }
6887                     spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6888                     spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
6889           }
6890           spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6891 
6892           tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
6893 
6894           spa->spa_sync_starttime = gethrtime();
6895 #ifdef illumos
6896           VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid,
6897               spa->spa_sync_starttime + spa->spa_deadman_synctime));
6898 #endif    /* illumos */
6899 #ifdef __FreeBSD__
6900 #ifdef _KERNEL
6901           callout_schedule(&spa->spa_deadman_cycid,
6902               hz * spa->spa_deadman_synctime / NANOSEC);
6903 #endif
6904 #endif /* __FreeBSD__ */
6905 #ifdef __NetBSD__
6906 #ifdef _KERNEL
6907           callout_schedule(&spa->spa_deadman_cycid,
6908               hz * spa->spa_deadman_synctime / NANOSEC);
6909 #endif
6910 #endif
6911 
6912           /*
6913            * If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg,
6914            * set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs.
6915            */
6916           if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE &&
6917               spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
6918                     int i;
6919 
6920                     for (i = 0; i < rvd->vdev_children; i++) {
6921                               vd = rvd->vdev_child[i];
6922                               if (vd->vdev_deflate_ratio != SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE)
6923                                         break;
6924                     }
6925                     if (i == rvd->vdev_children) {
6926                               spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
6927                               VERIFY(0 == zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6928                                   DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
6929                                   sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx));
6930                     }
6931           }
6932 
6933           /*
6934            * Set the top-level vdev's max queue depth. Evaluate each
6935            * top-level's async write queue depth in case it changed.
6936            * The max queue depth will not change in the middle of syncing
6937            * out this txg.
6938            */
6939           uint64_t queue_depth_total = 0;
6940           for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
6941                     vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
6942                     metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
6943 
6944                     if (mg == NULL || mg->mg_class != spa_normal_class(spa) ||
6945                         !metaslab_group_initialized(mg))
6946                               continue;
6947 
6948                     /*
6949                      * It is safe to do a lock-free check here because only async
6950                      * allocations look at mg_max_alloc_queue_depth, and async
6951                      * allocations all happen from spa_sync().
6952                      */
6953                     ASSERT0(refcount_count(&mg->mg_alloc_queue_depth));
6954                     mg->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth = max_queue_depth;
6955                     queue_depth_total += mg->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth;
6956           }
6957           metaslab_class_t *mc = spa_normal_class(spa);
6958           ASSERT0(refcount_count(&mc->mc_alloc_slots));
6959           mc->mc_alloc_max_slots = queue_depth_total;
6960           mc->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled;
6961 
6962           ASSERT3U(mc->mc_alloc_max_slots, <=,
6963               max_queue_depth * rvd->vdev_children);
6964 
6965           /*
6966            * Iterate to convergence.
6967            */
6968           do {
6969                     int pass = ++spa->spa_sync_pass;
6970 
6971                     spa_sync_config_object(spa, tx);
6972                     spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_spares, tx,
6973                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DMU_POOL_SPARES);
6974                     spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_l2cache, tx,
6975                         ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE);
6976                     spa_errlog_sync(spa, txg);
6977                     dsl_pool_sync(dp, txg);
6978 
6979                     if (pass < zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free) {
6980                               spa_sync_frees(spa, free_bpl, tx);
6981                     } else {
6982                               /*
6983                                * We can not defer frees in pass 1, because
6984                                * we sync the deferred frees later in pass 1.
6985                                */
6986                               ASSERT3U(pass, >, 1);
6987                               bplist_iterate(free_bpl, bpobj_enqueue_cb,
6988                                   &spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, tx);
6989                     }
6990 
6991                     ddt_sync(spa, txg);
6992                     dsl_scan_sync(dp, tx);
6993 
6994                     while (vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg))
6995                               vdev_sync(vd, txg);
6996 
6997                     if (pass == 1) {
6998                               spa_sync_upgrades(spa, tx);
6999                               ASSERT3U(txg, >=,
7000                                   spa->spa_uberblock.ub_rootbp.blk_birth);
7001                               /*
7002                                * Note: We need to check if the MOS is dirty
7003                                * because we could have marked the MOS dirty
7004                                * without updating the uberblock (e.g. if we
7005                                * have sync tasks but no dirty user data).  We
7006                                * need to check the uberblock's rootbp because
7007                                * it is updated if we have synced out dirty
7008                                * data (though in this case the MOS will most
7009                                * likely also be dirty due to second order
7010                                * effects, we don't want to rely on that here).
7011                                */
7012                               if (spa->spa_uberblock.ub_rootbp.blk_birth < txg &&
7013                                   !dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg)) {
7014                                         /*
7015                                          * Nothing changed on the first pass,
7016                                          * therefore this TXG is a no-op.  Avoid
7017                                          * syncing deferred frees, so that we
7018                                          * can keep this TXG as a no-op.
7019                                          */
7020                                         ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets,
7021                                             txg));
7022                                         ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
7023                                         ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_sync_tasks, txg));
7024                                         break;
7025                               }
7026                               spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa, tx);
7027                     }
7028 
7029           } while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg));
7030 
7031           if (!list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) {
7032                     /*
7033                      * Make sure that the number of ZAPs for all the vdevs matches
7034                      * the number of ZAPs in the per-vdev ZAP list. This only gets
7035                      * called if the config is dirty; otherwise there may be
7036                      * outstanding AVZ operations that weren't completed in
7037                      * spa_sync_config_object.
7038                      */
7039                     uint64_t all_vdev_zap_entry_count;
7040                     ASSERT0(zap_count(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7041                         spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, &all_vdev_zap_entry_count));
7042                     ASSERT3U(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev), ==,
7043                         all_vdev_zap_entry_count);
7044           }
7045 
7046           /*
7047            * Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock)
7048            * to commit the transaction group.
7049            *
7050            * If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few
7051            * random top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the
7052            * config cache (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description).
7053            * If there *are* dirty vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs.
7054            */
7055           for (;;) {
7056                     /*
7057                      * We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc.
7058                      * while we're attempting to write the vdev labels.
7059                      */
7060                     spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
7061 
7062                     if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) {
7063                               vdev_t *svd[SPA_DVAS_PER_BP];
7064                               int svdcount = 0;
7065                               int children = rvd->vdev_children;
7066                               int c0 = spa_get_random(children);
7067 
7068                               for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
7069                                         vd = rvd->vdev_child[(c0 + c) % children];
7070                                         if (vd->vdev_ms_array == 0 || vd->vdev_islog)
7071                                                   continue;
7072                                         svd[svdcount++] = vd;
7073                                         if (svdcount == SPA_DVAS_PER_BP)
7074                                                   break;
7075                               }
7076                               error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, txg);
7077                     } else {
7078                               error = vdev_config_sync(rvd->vdev_child,
7079                                   rvd->vdev_children, txg);
7080                     }
7081 
7082                     if (error == 0)
7083                               spa->spa_last_synced_guid = rvd->vdev_guid;
7084 
7085                     spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
7086 
7087                     if (error == 0)
7088                               break;
7089                     zio_suspend(spa, NULL);
7090                     zio_resume_wait(spa);
7091           }
7092           dmu_tx_commit(tx);
7093 
7094 #ifdef illumos
7095           VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid, CY_INFINITY));
7096 #endif    /* illumos */
7097 #ifdef __FreeBSD__
7098 #ifdef _KERNEL
7099           callout_drain(&spa->spa_deadman_cycid);
7100 #endif
7101 #endif    /* __FreeBSD__ */
7102 #ifdef __NetBSD__
7103 #ifdef _KERNEL
7104           callout_drain(&spa->spa_deadman_cycid);
7105 #endif
7106 #endif    /* __NetBSD__ */
7107 
7108           /*
7109            * Clear the dirty config list.
7110            */
7111           while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) != NULL)
7112                     vdev_config_clean(vd);
7113 
7114           /*
7115            * Now that the new config has synced transactionally,
7116            * let it become visible to the config cache.
7117            */
7118           if (spa->spa_config_syncing != NULL) {
7119                     spa_config_set(spa, spa->spa_config_syncing);
7120                     spa->spa_config_txg = txg;
7121                     spa->spa_config_syncing = NULL;
7122           }
7123 
7124           dsl_pool_sync_done(dp, txg);
7125 
7126           mutex_enter(&spa->spa_alloc_lock);
7127           VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa->spa_alloc_tree));
7128           mutex_exit(&spa->spa_alloc_lock);
7129 
7130           /*
7131            * Update usable space statistics.
7132            */
7133           while (vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, TXG_CLEAN(txg)))
7134                     vdev_sync_done(vd, txg);
7135 
7136           spa_update_dspace(spa);
7137 
7138           /*
7139            * It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything
7140            * since vdev_config_sync().
7141            */
7142           ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets, txg));
7143           ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
7144           ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg));
7145 
7146           spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
7147 
7148           /*
7149            * Update the last synced uberblock here. We want to do this at
7150            * the end of spa_sync() so that consumers of spa_last_synced_txg()
7151            * will be guaranteed that all the processing associated with
7152            * that txg has been completed.
7153            */
7154           spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
7155           spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
7156 
7157           spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa);
7158 
7159           /*
7160            * If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off.
7161            */
7162           spa_async_dispatch(spa);
7163           spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa);
7164 }
7165 
7166 /*
7167  * Sync all pools.  We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these
7168  * operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the
7169  * sync.
7170  */
7171 void
spa_sync_allpools(void)7172 spa_sync_allpools(void)
7173 {
7174           spa_t *spa = NULL;
7175           mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
7176           while ((spa = spa_next(spa)) != NULL) {
7177                     if (spa_state(spa) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
7178                         !spa_writeable(spa) || spa_suspended(spa))
7179                               continue;
7180                     spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
7181                     mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
7182                     txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
7183                     mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
7184                     spa_close(spa, FTAG);
7185           }
7186           mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
7187 }
7188 
7189 /*
7190  * ==========================================================================
7191  * Miscellaneous routines
7192  * ==========================================================================
7193  */
7194 
7195 /*
7196  * Remove all pools in the system.
7197  */
7198 void
spa_evict_all(void)7199 spa_evict_all(void)
7200 {
7201           spa_t *spa;
7202 
7203           /*
7204            * Remove all cached state.  All pools should be closed now,
7205            * so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced.
7206            */
7207           mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
7208           while ((spa = spa_next(NULL)) != NULL) {
7209                     /*
7210                      * Stop async tasks.  The async thread may need to detach
7211                      * a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing
7212                      * spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here.
7213                      */
7214                     spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
7215                     mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
7216                     spa_async_suspend(spa);
7217                     mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
7218                     spa_close(spa, FTAG);
7219 
7220                     if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
7221                               spa_unload(spa);
7222                               spa_deactivate(spa);
7223                     }
7224                     spa_remove(spa);
7225           }
7226           mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
7227 }
7228 
7229 vdev_t *
spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid,boolean_t aux)7230 spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, boolean_t aux)
7231 {
7232           vdev_t *vd;
7233           int i;
7234 
7235           if ((vd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa->spa_root_vdev, guid)) != NULL)
7236                     return (vd);
7237 
7238           if (aux) {
7239                     for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
7240                               vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i];
7241                               if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
7242                                         return (vd);
7243                     }
7244 
7245                     for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
7246                               vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
7247                               if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
7248                                         return (vd);
7249                     }
7250           }
7251 
7252           return (NULL);
7253 }
7254 
7255 void
spa_upgrade(spa_t * spa,uint64_t version)7256 spa_upgrade(spa_t *spa, uint64_t version)
7257 {
7258           ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
7259 
7260           spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
7261 
7262           /*
7263            * This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a
7264            * future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be
7265            * possible.
7266            */
7267           ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version));
7268           ASSERT3U(version, >=, spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
7269 
7270           spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
7271           vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
7272 
7273           spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
7274 
7275           txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
7276 }
7277 
7278 boolean_t
spa_has_spare(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid)7279 spa_has_spare(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid)
7280 {
7281           int i;
7282           uint64_t spareguid;
7283           spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
7284 
7285           for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
7286                     if (sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid == guid)
7287                               return (B_TRUE);
7288 
7289           for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_npending; i++) {
7290                     if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav->sav_pending[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
7291                         &spareguid) == 0 && spareguid == guid)
7292                               return (B_TRUE);
7293           }
7294 
7295           return (B_FALSE);
7296 }
7297 
7298 /*
7299  * Check if a pool has an active shared spare device.
7300  * Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace
7301  */
7302 static boolean_t
spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t * spa)7303 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa)
7304 {
7305           int i, refcnt;
7306           uint64_t pool;
7307           spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
7308 
7309           for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
7310                     if (spa_spare_exists(sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid, &pool,
7311                         &refcnt) && pool != 0ULL && pool == spa_guid(spa) &&
7312                         refcnt > 2)
7313                               return (B_TRUE);
7314           }
7315 
7316           return (B_FALSE);
7317 }
7318 
7319 static sysevent_t *
spa_event_create(spa_t * spa,vdev_t * vd,const char * name)7320 spa_event_create(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, const char *name)
7321 {
7322           sysevent_t                    *ev = NULL;
7323 #ifdef _KERNEL
7324           sysevent_attr_list_t          *attr = NULL;
7325           sysevent_value_t    value;
7326 
7327           ev = sysevent_alloc(EC_ZFS, (char *)name, SUNW_KERN_PUB "zfs",
7328               SE_SLEEP);
7329           ASSERT(ev != NULL);
7330 
7331           value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING;
7332           value.value.sv_string = spa_name(spa);
7333           if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_NAME, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
7334                     goto done;
7335 
7336           value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64;
7337           value.value.sv_uint64 = spa_guid(spa);
7338           if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_GUID, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
7339                     goto done;
7340 
7341           if (vd) {
7342                     value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64;
7343                     value.value.sv_uint64 = vd->vdev_guid;
7344                     if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_GUID, &value,
7345                         SE_SLEEP) != 0)
7346                               goto done;
7347 
7348                     if (vd->vdev_path) {
7349                               value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING;
7350                               value.value.sv_string = vd->vdev_path;
7351                               if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_PATH,
7352                                   &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
7353                                         goto done;
7354                     }
7355           }
7356 
7357           if (sysevent_attach_attributes(ev, attr) != 0)
7358                     goto done;
7359           attr = NULL;
7360 
7361 done:
7362           if (attr)
7363                     sysevent_free_attr(attr);
7364 
7365 #endif
7366           return (ev);
7367 }
7368 
7369 static void
spa_event_post(sysevent_t * ev)7370 spa_event_post(sysevent_t *ev)
7371 {
7372 #ifdef _KERNEL
7373           sysevent_id_t                 eid;
7374 
7375           (void) log_sysevent(ev, SE_SLEEP, &eid);
7376           sysevent_free(ev);
7377 #endif
7378 }
7379 
7380 /*
7381  * Post a sysevent corresponding to the given event.  The 'name' must be one of
7382  * the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h.  The payload will be
7383  * filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev.  This doesn't do anything
7384  * in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to misinterpret ztest
7385  * or zdb as real changes.
7386  */
7387 void
spa_event_notify(spa_t * spa,vdev_t * vd,const char * name)7388 spa_event_notify(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, const char *name)
7389 {
7390           spa_event_post(spa_event_create(spa, vd, name));
7391 }
7392